UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K


CURRENT REPORT PURSUANT
TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


Date of report (Date of earliest event reported) October 1, 2009


 
PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Kentucky
 
61-1206757
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
2883 Fifth Avenue
Huntington, West Virginia
 
 
25702
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code )
     
Registrant’s telephone number     (304) 525-1600

Not Applicable
Former name or former address, if changes since last report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2 below):

o       Written communication pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

o       Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

o       Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act
(17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

o       Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act
(17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 
 

 

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC,

INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN THE REPORT

Item 2.01 – Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.
 
On October 1, 2009, Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (“Premier”) issued a press release announcing the completion of its acquisition of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (“Adams”), a bank holding company headquartered in Washington, DC which conducts business through its two wholly owned bank subsidiaries, The Adams National Bank, with offices in Washington, D.C. and Maryland, and Consolidated Bank and Trust Company, with offices in Richmond and Hampton, Virginia.
 
The transaction was effective at 12:01 a.m. on October 1, 2009.  Under terms of the agreement of merger governing the transaction, each share of Adams will be exchanged for 0.4461 shares of Premier common stock, with cash paid in lieu of fractional shares.  Premier will issue approximately 1,545,099 shares of its common stock in the transaction.  A copy of the press release is included as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 3.02 – Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
 
The description under “Item 3.03 – Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders” of this Current Report on Form 8-K below is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 3.03 – Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
 
On October 2, 2009, Premier issued and sold to the United States Department of the U.S. Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) (i) 22,252 of Premier’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A, each without par value and having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), and (ii) a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 628,588 Premier common shares, each without par value (the “Common Shares”), at an exercise price of $5.31 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments), for an aggregate purchase price of $22,252,000 in cash.
 
 
Page 2

 
 
This investment was made as part of the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “Capital Purchase Program”).  The issuance and sale to the U.S. Treasury of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant was a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4 (2) thereof.  All of the proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant by Premier to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program will qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes.  Upon the request of the U.S. Treasury at any time, Premier has agreed to promptly enter into a depositary arrangement pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Shares may be deposited and depositary shares (“Depositary Shares”), representing fractional Series A Preferred Shares, may be issued.  Premier has agreed to register with the SEC on Form S-3 the resale of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Depositary Shares, if any, and the Warrant, and the issuance of Common Shares upon exercise of the Warrant (the “Warrant Shares”), as soon as practicable after the date of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant (and in any event no later than 30 days after such date of issuance).
 
To finalize Premier’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program, Premier and the U.S. Treasury entered into a Letter Agreement, dated October 2, 2009 (the “Letter Agreement”), including a Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms which is attached thereto (the “Securities Purchase Agreement” and together with the Letter Agreement, the “UST Agreement”).
 
Pursuant to the UST Agreement and under standardized Capital Purchase Program terms, cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares will accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter.  These dividends will be paid only if, as and when declared by Premier’s Board of Directors.  The Series A Preferred Shares have no maturity date and rank senior to the Common Shares with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of Premier.  Subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement, which for Premier is the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), the Series A Preferred Shares are redeemable at the option of Premier at 100% of their liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, provided that the Series A Preferred Shares may be redeemed prior to November 15, 2012, only if (i) Premier has raised aggregate gross proceeds in one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) in excess of $5,563,000 and (ii) the aggregate redemption price of the Series A Preferred Shares does not exceed the aggregate net proceeds from such Qualified Equity Offerings. The Series A Preferred Shares are generally non-voting.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), which was signed into law on February 17, 2009, provides that the Secretary of the Treasury shall permit a recipient of funds under TARP, subject to consultation with the recipient’s appropriate Federal banking agency, to repay such assistance without regard to whether the recipient has replaced such funds from any other source or to any waiting period.  ARRA further provides that when the recipient repays such assistance, the Secretary of the Treasury shall liquidate the Warrant associated with the assistance at the current market price. It appears that ARRA will permit Premier, if it so elects and following consultation with the Federal Reserve Board, to redeem the Series A Preferred Shares at any time without restriction.

 
Page 3

 

The U.S. Treasury may not transfer a portion or portions of the Warrant with respect to, and/or exercise the Warrant for more than one-half of, the 628,588 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, in the aggregate, until the earlier of (i) the date on which Premier has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $22,252,000 from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings and (ii) December 31, 2009.  The U.S. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any Common Shares issued to it upon exercise of the Warrant.  Any Common Shares issued by Premier upon exercise of the Warrant will be issued from Common Shares held in treasury to the extent available.  If no treasury shares are available, Common Shares will be issued from authorized but unissued Common Shares.
 
The UST Agreement, pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant were sold, contains limitations on the payment of dividends on the Common Shares from and after October 2, 2009 (including with respect to the payment of cash dividends in excess of $0.11 per share, which is the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend declared by Premier prior to October 14, 2008).  Prior to the earlier of (i) October 2, 2012 and (ii) the date on which the Series A Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the Series A Preferred Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the U.S. Treasury, any increase in common share dividends by Premier would be prohibited without the prior approval of the U.S. Treasury.  In addition, unless the Series A Preferred Shares have been transferred to third parties which are not Affiliates of the U.S. Treasury or have been redeemed in whole, until October 2, 2012, the U.S. Treasury’s consent would be required for any repurchases of (i) Common Shares or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of Premier or (ii) any trust preferred securities issued by Premier or any Affiliate of Premier, other than (x) repurchases of the Series A Preferred Shares, (y) purchases of junior preferred shares or Common Shares in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (z) purchases under certain other limited circumstances specified in the Securities Purchase Agreement.
 
In the UST Agreement, Premier has also agreed that, until such time as the U.S. Treasury ceases to own any securities acquired from Premier pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Warrant, Premier will take all necessary action to ensure that its benefit plans with respect to its Senior Executive Officers (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) — Robert W. Walker, Premier’s President and Chief Executive Officer; Brien M. Chase, Premier’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Dennis J. Klingensmith, Premier’s Senior Vice President; Mike Mineer, President of Premier subsidiary Citizens Deposit Bank & Trust and Duane Bickings, President of Premier subsidiary The Adams National Bank — comply with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”)  and ARRA and not adopt any benefit plans with respect to, or which cover, Premier’s Senior Executive Officers that do not comply with EESA and ARRA.  Premier’s Senior Executive Officers have entered into letter agreements, under dates September 25, 2009, which became effective with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the UST Agreement, with Premier consenting to the foregoing.
 
 
Page 4

 
 
The TARP executive compensation requirements were modified or supplemented by provisions of ARRA.  For institutions receiving TARP assistance, the U.S. Treasury will establish standards (1) prohibiting (in the case of Premier, which is receiving less than $25,000,000 in assistance) the most highly compensated employee from receiving any bonus or incentive compensation while TARP funds are outstanding that has a value greater than one-third of the total amount of such employee’s compensation, which may only be made by long-term restricted stock awards that cannot vest until TARP assistance is repaid; (2) excluding incentives for senior executive officers that would cause them to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the TARP recipient; (3) requiring recovery of any bonus or incentive compensation paid based on statements of earnings that are later found to be materially inaccurate; (4) requiring the TARP recipient’s board compensation committee to meet at least semiannually to evaluate employee compensation plans in light of any risk posed to the recipient by such plans; (5) requiring the board of directors to adopt a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures (including entertainment, office renovations, aviation services, or other activities that are not reasonable expenditures); (6) requiring a separate proxy vote by the shareholders at the annual shareholders meeting (on a non-binding basis) to approve executive compensation of the TARP recipient; and (7) requiring the TARP recipient’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer to annually certify the recipient’s compliance with these requirements.
 
Copies of the UST Agreement, the Warrant, the Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (setting forth the express terms of the Series A Preferred Shares) and the letter agreements executed by the Senior Executive Officers of Premier are included or incorporated by reference as Exhibits 10.1, 4.1 and 10.2(a) through 10.2(e), respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated by reference into Items 3.02, 3.03 and 5.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K.  The foregoing summary of certain provisions of these documents is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.


 
Page 5

 
 
Item 5.02 – Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
 
The information set forth under “Item 3.03 – Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders” of this Current Report on Form 8-K above relating to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 8.01 Other Events.
 
On October 6, 2009, Premier issued a news release regarding the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant to the U.S. Treasury.  A copy of the press release is included as Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.01  Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a)        Financial statements of business acquired.
The consolidated financial statements of Adams for the interim period ended June 30, 2009 and the three years ended December 31, 2008 are attached as Exhibits 99.3 and 99.4, respectively, to this current report on Form 8-K.

(b)       Pro forma financial information.
Premier intends to file unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information reflecting the merger with Adams no later than 71 calendar days after the date that this current report on Form 8-K is required to be filed.

(d)       Exhibits.
The exhibits to this current report on Form 8-K are listed in the Exhibit Index, which appears at the end of this report and is incorporated by reference herein.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Page 6

 

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number
 
Description
4.1
 
 
Warrant to purchase 628,588 Shares of Common Stock (common shares) of Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc., issued to the United States Department of the Treasury on October 2, 2009
 
10.1
 
Letter Agreement, dated October 2, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement Standard Terms attached thereto as Exhibit A, between Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury [NOTE:  Annex A to Securities Purchase Agreement is not included herewith; filed as Exhibit 3.1(i) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Premier on October 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.]
 
10.2(a)
 
Letter Agreement between Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. and Robert W. Walker, executed on September 22, 2009 and effective October 2, 2009.
 
10.2(b)
 
Letter Agreement between Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. and Brien M. Chase, executed on September 22, 2009 and effective October 2, 2009.
 
10.2(c)
 
Letter Agreement between Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. and Dennis J. Klingensmith, executed on September 25, 2009 and effective October 2, 2009.
 
10.2(d)
 
Letter Agreement between Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. and Michael R. Mineer, executed on September 25, 2009 and effective October 2, 2009.
 
10.2(e)
 
Letter Agreement between Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. and Duane K. Bickings, executed on September 22, 2009 and effective October 2, 2009.
 
99.1
 
News Release issued by Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. on October 1, 2009
99.2
 
News Release issued by Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. on October 6, 2009
99.3
 
Interim Financial Statements of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. as of June 30, 2009.
99.4
 
Audited Financial Statements of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. for the three years ended December 31, 2008.


 
Page 7

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)


/s/ Brien M. Chase              
Date: October 7, 2009                                              Brien M. Chase, Senior Vice President
  and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page 8

 

EXHIBIT 4.1

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTOR REFERRED TO THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

WARRANT
to purchase
628,588
Shares of Common Stock

of Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.

Issue Date: October 2, 2009

1.            Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

"Affiliate" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

"Appraisal Procedure" means a procedure whereby two independent appraisers, one chosen by the Company and one by the Original Warrantholder, shall mutually agree upon the determinations then the subject of appraisal. Each party shall deliver a notice to the other appointing its appraiser within 15 days after the Appraisal Procedure is invoked. If within 30 days after appointment of the two appraisers they are unable to agree upon the amount in question, a third independent appraiser shall be chosen within 10 days thereafter by the mutual consent of such first two appraisers. The decision of the third appraiser so appointed and chosen shall be given within 30 days after the selection of such third appraiser. If three appraisers shall be appointed and the determination of one appraiser is disparate from the middle determination by more than twice the amount by which the other determination is disparate from the middle determination, then the determination of such appraiser shall be excluded, the remaining two determinations shall be averaged and such average shall be binding and conclusive upon the Company and the Original Warrantholder; otherwise, the average of all three determinations shall be binding upon the Company and the Original Warrantholder. The costs of conducting any Appraisal Procedure shall be borne by the Company.

 
A - 1

 
 
"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company, including any duly authorized committee thereof.

"Business Combination" means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Company's stockholders.

"business day" means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

"Capital Stock" means (A) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or company, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital or capital stock of such Person and (B) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or company, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

"Charter" means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

"Common Stock" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

"Company" means the Person whose name, corporate or other organizational form and jurisdiction of organization is set forth in Item 1 of Schedule A hereto.

"conversion" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

"convertible securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

"CPP" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Exercise Price" means the amount set forth in Item 2 of Schedule A hereto.

"Expiration Time" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.

"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any security or other property, the fair market value of such security or other property as determined by the Board of Directors, acting in good faith or, with respect to Section 14, as determined by the Original Warrantholder acting in good faith. For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, it may object in writing to the Board of Director's calculation of fair market value within 10 days of receipt of written notice thereof. If the Original Warrantholder and the Company are unable to agree on fair market value during the 10-day period following the delivery of the Original Warrantholder's objection, the Appraisal Procedure may be invoked by either party to determine Fair Market Value by delivering written notification thereof not later than the 30th day after delivery of the Original Warrantholder's objection.

 
A - 2

 
 
"Governmental Entities" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

"Initial Number" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

"Issue Date" means the date set forth in Item 3 of Schedule A hereto.

"Market Price" means, with respect to a particular security, on any given day, the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and ask prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the applicable securities are listed or admitted to trading, or if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and ask prices as furnished by two members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose. "Market Price" shall be determined without reference to after hours or extended hours trading. If such security is not listed and traded in a manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, the Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be (i) in the event that any portion of the Warrant is held by the Original Warrantholder, the fair market value per share of such security as determined in good faith by the Original Warrantholder or (ii) in all other circumstances, the fair market value per share of such security as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors in reliance on an opinion of a nationally recognized independent investment banking corporation retained by the Company for this purpose and certified in a resolution to the Warrantholder. For the purposes of determining the Market Price of the Common Stock on the "trading day" preceding, on or following the occurrence of an event, (i) that trading day shall be deemed to commence immediately after the regular scheduled closing time of trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if trading is closed at an earlier time, such earlier time and (ii) that trading day shall end at the next regular scheduled closing time, or if trading is closed at an earlier time, such earlier time (for the avoidance of doubt, and as an example, if the Market Price is to be determined as of the last trading day preceding a specified event and the closing time of trading on a particular day is 4:00 p.m. and the specified event occurs at 5:00 p.m. on that day, the Market Price would be determined by reference to such 4:00 p.m. closing price).

"Ordinary Cash Dividends" means a regular quarterly cash dividend on shares of Common Stock out of surplus or net profits legally available therefor (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time), provided that Ordinary Cash Dividends shall not include any cash dividends paid subsequent to the Issue Date to the extent the aggregate per share dividends paid on the outstanding Common Stock in any quarter exceed the amount set forth in Item 4 of Schedule A hereto, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.
 
 
A - 3

 
 
"Original Warrantholder" means the United States Department of the Treasury. Any actions specified to be taken by the Original Warrantholder hereunder may only be taken by such Person and not by any other Warrantholder.

            "Permitted Transactions" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

"Person" has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

"Per Share Fair Market Value" has the meaning set forth in Section 13(C).

"Preferred Shares" means the perpetual preferred stock issued to the Original Warrantholder on the Issue Date pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

"Pro Rata Repurchases" means any purchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to (A) any tender offer or exchange offer subject to Section 13(e) or 14(e) of the Exchange Act or Regulation 14E promulgated thereunder or (B) any other offer available to substantially all holders of Common Stock, in the case of both (A) or (B), whether for cash, shares of Capital Stock of the Company, other securities of the Company, evidences of indebtedness of the Company or any other Person or any other property (including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock, other securities or evidences of indebtedness of a subsidiary), or any combination thereof, effected while this Warrant is outstanding. The "Effective Date" of a Pro Rata Repurchase shall mean the date of acceptance of shares for purchase or exchange by the Company under any tender or exchange offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase or the date of purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase that is not a tender or exchange offer.

"Purchase Agreement" means the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated into the Letter Agreement, dated as of the date set forth in Item 5 of Schedule A hereto, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Letter Agreement"), including all annexes and schedules thereto.

"Qualified Equity Offering" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

"Regulatory Approvals" with respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant for shares of Common Stock and to own such Common Stock without the Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

"SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 
A - 4

 
 
"Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

"trading day" means (A) if the shares of Common Stock are not traded on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market, a business day or (B) if the shares of Common Stock are traded on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market, a business day on which such relevant exchange or quotation system is scheduled to be open for business and on which the shares of Common Stock (i) are not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market for any period or periods aggregating one half hour or longer; and (ii) have traded at least once on the national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of the shares of Common Stock.

"U.S. GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

"Warrantholder" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

"Warrant" means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2.            Number of Shares; Exercise Price . This certifies that, for value received, the United States Department of the Treasury or its permitted assigns (the "Warrantholder" ) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to acquire from the Company, in whole or in part, after the receipt of all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, up to an aggregate of the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock set forth in Item 6 of Schedule A hereto, at a purchase price per share of Common Stock equal to the Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock (the "Shares" ) and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided herein, and all references to "Common Stock," "Shares" and "Exercise Price" herein shall be deemed to include any such adjustment or series of adjustments.

3.            Exercise of Warrant; Term. Subject to Section 2, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by the Warrantholder, at any time or from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Warrant by the Company on the date hereof, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date (the "Expiration Time" ), by (A) the surrender of this Warrant and Notice of Exercise annexed hereto, duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Company located at the address set forth in Item 7 of Schedule A hereto (or such other office or agency of the Company in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company), and (B) payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased:

(i)           by having the Company withhold, from the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Warrantholder upon such exercise, shares of Common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant equal in value to the aggregate Exercise Price as to which this Warrant is so exercised based on the Market Price of the Common Stock on the trading day on which this Warrant is exercised and the Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company pursuant to this Section 3, or

 
A - 5

 
 
(ii)           with the consent of both the Company and the Warrantholder, by tendering in cash, by certified or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

 
If the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the Warrantholder will be entitled to receive from the Company within a reasonable time, and in any event not exceeding three business days, a new warrant in substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to the difference between the number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so exercised. Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any applicable Regulatory Approvals.

4.            Issuance of Shares; Authorization; Listing. Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to such named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three business days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. The Company hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith). The Company agrees that the Shares so issued will be deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company may then be closed or certificates representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Company will (A) procure, at its sole expense, the listing of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time, subject to issuance or notice of issuance, on all principal stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or traded and (B) maintain such listings of such Shares at all times after issuance. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded.

5.            No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional Shares or scrip representing fractional Shares shall be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional Share to which the Warrantholder would otherwise be entitled, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the Market Price of the Common Stock on the last trading day preceding the date of exercise less the pro-rated Exercise Price for such fractional share.

 
A - 6

 
 
6.            No Rights as Stockholders; Transfer Books . This Warrant does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Company will at no time close its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

7.            Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company.

8.            Transfer/Assignment .

(A)           Subject to compliance with clause (B) of this Section 8, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon the books of the Company by the registered holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, and a new warrant shall be made and delivered by the Company, of the same tenor and date as this Warrant but registered in the name of one or more transferees, upon surrender of this Warrant, duly endorsed, to the office or agency of the Company described in Section 3. All expenses (other than stock transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the new warrants pursuant to this Section 8 shall be paid by the Company.

(B)           The transfer of the Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.4 of the Purchase Agreement. If and for so long as required by the Purchase Agreement, this Warrant shall contain the legends as set forth in Sections 4.2(a) and 4.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

9.            Exchange and Registry of Warrant. This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Warrantholder to the Company, for a new warrant or warrants of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares. The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the Warrantholder as the registered holder of this Warrant. This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange or exercise in accordance with its terms, at the office of the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

10.            Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

 
A - 7

 
 
11.            Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is a business day.

12.            Rule 144 Information. The Company covenants that it will use its reasonable best efforts to timely file all reports and other documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Warrantholder, make publicly available such information as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and it will use reasonable best efforts to take such further action as any Warrantholder may reasonably request, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to, if permitted by the terms of this Warrant and the Purchase Agreement, sell this Warrant without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the written request of any Warrantholder, the Company will deliver to such Warrantholder a written statement that it has complied with such requirements.

13.            Adjustments and Other Rights. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows; provided, that if more than one subsection of this Section 13 is applicable to a single event, the subsection shall be applied that produces the largest adjustment and no single event shall cause an adjustment under more than one subsection of this Section 13 so as to result in duplication:

(A)            Stock Splits, Subdivisions, Reclassifications or Combinations . If the Company shall (i) declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that the Warrantholder after such date shall be entitled to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive in respect of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Warrant after such date had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such date. In such event, the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted to the number obtained by dividing (x) the product of (1) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant before such adjustment and (2) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the record or effective date, as the case may be, for the dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination or reclassification giving rise to this adjustment by (y) the new number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant determined pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

 
A - 8

 
 
(B)            Certain Issuances of Common Shares or Convertible Securities . Until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Original Warrantholder no longer holds this Warrant or any portion thereof and (ii) the third anniversary of the Issue Date, if the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock (or rights or warrants or other securities exercisable or convertible into or exchangeable (collectively, a "conversion") for shares of Common Stock) (collectively, "convertible securities") (other than in Permitted Transactions (as defined below) or a transaction to which subsection (A) of this Section 13 is applicable) without consideration or at a consideration per share (or having a conversion price per share) that is less than 90% of the Market Price on the last trading day preceding the date of the agreement on pricing such shares (or such convertible securities) then. in such event:

 
(A)           the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to the date of the agreement on pricing of such shares (or of such convertible securities) (the "Initial Number" ) shall be increased to the number obtained by multiplying the Initial Number by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on such date and (y) the number of additional shares of Common Stock issued (or into which convertible securities may be exercised or convert) and (B) the denominator of which shall be the sum of (I) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date and (II) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the total number of shares of Common Stock so issued (or into which convertible securities may be exercised or convert) would purchase at the Market Price on the last trading day preceding the date of the agreement on pricing such shares (or such convertible securities); and

(B)           the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of the Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the date of the agreement on pricing of such shares (or of such convertible securities) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant prior to such date and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately after the adjustment described in clause (A) above.

For purposes of the foregoing, the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company in connection with the issuance of such shares of Common Stock or convertible securities shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of the net offering price (including the Fair Market Value of any non-cash consideration and after deduction of any related expenses payable to third parties) of all such securities plus the minimum aggregate amount, if any, payable upon exercise or conversion of any such convertible securities into shares of Common Stock; and "Permitted Transactions" shall mean issuances (i) as consideration for or to fund the acquisition of businesses and/or related assets, (ii) in connection with employee benefit plans and compensation related arrangements in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice approved by the Board of Directors, (iii) in connection with a public or broadly marketed offering and sale of Common Stock or convertible securities for cash conducted by the Company or its affiliates pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or Rule 144A thereunder on a basis consistent with capital raising transactions by comparable financial institutions and (iv) in connection with the exercise of preemptive rights on terms existing as of the Issue Date. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 13(B) shall become effective immediately upon the date of such issuance.

 
A - 9

 
 
(C)            Other Distributions . In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of shares of its Common Stock of securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets, cash, rights or warrants (excluding Ordinary Cash Dividends, dividends of its Common Stock and other dividends or distributions referred to in Section 13(A)), in each such case, the Exercise Price in effect prior to such record date shall be reduced immediately thereafter to the price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the reduction by the quotient of (x) the Market Price of the Common Stock on the last trading day preceding the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading without the right to receive such distribution, minus the amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of the securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights or warrants to be so distributed in respect of one share of Common Stock (such amount and/or Fair Market Value, the "Per Share Fair
Market Value" ) divided by (y) such Market Price on such date specified in clause (x); such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed. In such event, the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be increased to the number obtained by dividing (x) the product of (1) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant before such adjustment, and (2) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the distribution giving rise to this adjustment by (y) the new Exercise Price determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. In the case of adjustment for a cash dividend that is, or is coincident with, a regular quarterly cash dividend, the Per Share Fair Market Value would be reduced by the per share amount of the portion of the cash dividend that would constitute an Ordinary Cash Dividend. In the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant then in effect shall be readjusted, effective as of the date when the Board of Directors determines not to distribute such shares, evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights, cash or warrants, as the case may be, to the Exercise Price that would then be in effect and the number of Shares that would then be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant if such record date had not been fixed.

(D)            Certain Repurchases of Common Stock . In case the Company effects a Pro Rata Repurchase of Common Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be reduced to the price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase by a fraction of which the numerator shall be (i) the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such Pro Rata Repurchase and (y) the Market Price of a share of Common Stock on the trading day immediately preceding the first public announcement by the Company or any of its Affiliates of the intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase, minus (ii) the aggregate purchase price of the Pro Rata Repurchase, and of which the denominator shall be the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Pro Rata Repurchase minus the number of shares of Common Stock so repurchased and (ii) the Market Price per share of Common Stock on the trading day immediately preceding the first public announcement by the Company or any of its Affiliates of the intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase. In such event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be increased to the number obtained by dividing (x) the product of (1) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant before such adjustment, and (2) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Pro Rata Repurchase giving rise to this adjustment by (y) the new Exercise Price determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, no increase to the Exercise Price or decrease in the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be made pursuant to this Section 13(D).

 
A - 10

 
 
(E)            Business Combinations . In case of any Business Combination or reclassification of Common Stock (other than a reclassification of Common Stock referred to in Section 13(A)), the Warrantholder's right to receive Shares upon exercise of this Warrant shall be converted into the right to exercise this Warrant to acquire the number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) which the Common Stock issuable (at the time of such Business Combination or reclassification) upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Business Combination or reclassification would have been entitled to receive upon consummation of such Business Combination or reclassification; and in any such case, if necessary, the provisions set forth herein with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Warrantholder shall be appropriately adjusted so as to be applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, to the Warrantholder's right to exercise this Warrant in exchange for any shares of stock or other securities or property pursuant to this paragraph. In determining the kind and amount of stock, securities or the property receivable upon exercise of this Warrant following the consummation of such Business Combination, if the holders of Common Stock have the right to elect the kind or amount of consideration receivable upon consummation of such Business Combination, then the consideration that the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive upon exercise shall be deemed to be the types and amounts of consideration received by the majority of all holders of the shares of common stock that affirmatively make an election (or of all such holders if none make an election).
 
(F)            Rounding of Calculations; Minimum Adjustments . All calculations under this Section 13 shall be made to the nearest one-tenth (1/10th) of a cent or to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100th) of a share, as the case may be. Any provision of this Section 13 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be made if the amount of such adjustment would be less than $0.01 or one-tenth (1/10th) of a share of Common Stock, but any such amount shall be carried forward and an adjustment with respect thereto shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, together with such amount and any other amount or amounts so carried forward, shall aggregate $0.01 or 1/10th of a share of Common Stock, or more.

(G)            Timing of Issuance of Additional Common Stock Upon Certain Adjustments. In any case in which the provisions of this Section 13 shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Company may defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the Warrantholder of this Warrant exercised after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise before giving effect to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such Warrantholder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock; provided, however , that the Company upon request shall deliver to such Warrantholder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Warrantholder's right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
 
 
A - 11

 
 
(H)            Completion of Qualified Equity Offering . In the event the Company (or any successor by Business Combination) completes one or more Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009 that result in the Company (or any such successor) receiving aggregate gross proceeds of not less than 100% of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares (and any preferred stock issued by any such successor to the Original Warrantholder under the CPP), the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of this Warrant then held by the Original Warrantholder shall be thereafter reduced by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (i) 0.5 and (ii) the number of shares underlying the Warrant on the Issue Date (adjusted to take into account all other theretofore made adjustments pursuant to this Section 13).

(I)            Other Events. For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, if any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Section 13 are not strictly applicable or, if strictly applicable, would not, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid. The Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall not be adjusted in the event of a change in the par value of the Common Stock or a change in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company.

(J)            Statement Regarding Adjustments. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, the Company shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Company a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Company shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the address appearing in the Company's records.

(K)            Notice of Adjustment Event. In the event that the Company shall propose to take any action of the type described in this Section 13 (but only if the action of the type described in this Section 13 would result in an adjustment in the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable or a change in the type of securities or property to be delivered upon exercise of this Warrant), the Company shall give notice to the Warrantholder, in the manner set forth in Section 13(J), which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth the facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Exercise Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice shall be given at least 15 days prior to the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.
 
 
A - 12

 

(L)            Proceedings Prior to Any Action Requiring Adjustment. As a condition precedent to the taking of any action which would require an adjustment pursuant to this Section 13, the Company shall take any action which may be necessary, including obtaining regulatory, New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Stock Market or other applicable national securities exchange or stockholder approvals or exemptions, in order that the Company may thereafter validly and legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable all shares of Common Stock that the Warrantholder is entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 13.

 
(M)            Adjustment Rules . Any adjustments pursuant to this Section 13 shall be made successively whenever an event referred to herein shall occur. If an adjustment in Exercise Price made hereunder would reduce the Exercise Price to an amount below par value of the Common Stock, then such adjustment in Exercise Price made hereunder shall reduce the Exercise Price to the par value of the Common Stock.

14.            Exchange . At any time following the date on which the shares of Common Stock of the Company are no longer listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange (other than in connection with any Business Combination), the Original Warrantholder may cause the Company to exchange all or a portion of this Warrant for an economic interest (to be determined by the Original Warrantholder after consultation with the Company) of the Company classified as permanent equity under U.S. GAAP having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of the portion of the Warrant so exchanged. The Original Warrantholder shall calculate any Fair Market Value required to be calculated pursuant to this Section 14, which shall not be subject to the Appraisal Procedure.

15.            No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder.

16.            Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the Company and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company at the address in Section 20 below and upon the Warrantholder at the address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 9 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Warrantholder hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
 
A - 13

 

17.            Binding Effect . This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

18.            Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Warrantholder.

19.            Prohibited Actions . The Company agrees that it will not take any action which would entitle the Warrantholder to an adjustment of the Exercise Price if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of this Warrant, together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, conversion and other rights, would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by its Charter.

20.            Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth in Item 8 of Schedule A hereto, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

21.            Entire Agreement. This Warrant, the forms attached hereto and Schedule A hereto (the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein), and the Letter Agreement (including all documents incorporated therein), contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect thereto.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
A - 14

 

[Form of Notice of Exercise]

Date: ______________________________

TO:           Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.

RE:           Election to Purchase Common Stock

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant, hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock set forth below covered by such Warrant. The undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby agrees to pay the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares of Common Stock in the manner set forth below. A new warrant evidencing the remaining shares of Common Stock covered by such Warrant, but not yet subscribed for and purchased, if any, should be issued in the name set forth below.

Number of Shares of Common Stock                                                                _______________________________________________

Method of Payment of Exercise Price (note if cashless exercise pursuant to Section 3(i) of the Warrant or cash exercise pursuant to Section 3(ii) of the Warrant, with consent of the Company and the Warrantholder)

Aggregate Exercise Price:

Holder:____________________________
By:
Name:
Title:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
A - 15

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer.

Dated:           October 2, 2009

COMPANY:  PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.


By:_ /s/ Robert W. Walker ___________________
Name: Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Attest:

By:_ /s/ Brien M. Chase ___________________
Name:  Brien M. Chase
Title:  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Warrant]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
A - 16

 

SCHEDULE A


Item 1
Name:
Corporate or other organizational form:  Corporation
Jurisdiction of organization:  Kentucky

Item 2
Exercise Price: 1   $5.31

Item 3
Issue Date:  October 2, 2009

Item 4
Amount of last dividend declared prior to the Issue Date:  $0.11

Item 5
Date of Letter Agreement between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury:  October 2, 2009

Item 6
Number of shares of Common Stock:  628,588

Item 7
Company's address:      Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.
2883 Fifth Avenue
Huntington, WV 25702

Item 8
Notice information:        Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.
2883 Fifth Avenue
Huntington, WV 25702
Attention:  Robert W. Walker,
President and Chief Executive Officer




 
1    Initial exercise price to be calculated based on the average of closing prices of the Common Stock on the 20 trading days ending on the last trading day prior to the date the Company's application for participation in the Capital Purchase Program was approved by the United States Department of the Treasury.
 
 
A - 17




EXHIBIT 10.1

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
1500 PENNSYLVANIA AVENUE, NW
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20220

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

The company set forth on the signature page hereto (the "Company" ) intends to issue in a private placement the number of shares of a series of its preferred stock set forth on Schedule A hereto (the "Preferred Shares" ) and a warrant to purchase the number of shares of its common stock set forth on Schedule A hereto (the "Warrant" and, together with the Preferred Shares, the "Purchased Securities" ) and the United States Department of the Treasury (the "Investor" ) intends to purchase from the Company the Purchased Securities.

The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the purchase by the Investor of the Purchased Securities. Except to the extent supplemented or superseded by the terms set forth herein or in the Schedules hereto, the provisions contained in the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Securities Purchase Agreement" ) are incorporated by reference herein. Terms that are defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement are used in this letter agreement as so defined. In the event of any inconsistency between this letter agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement, the terms of this letter agreement shall govern.

Each of the Company and the Investor hereby confirms its agreement with the other party with respect to the issuance by the Company of the Purchased Securities and the purchase by the Investor of the Purchased Securities pursuant to this letter agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement on the terms specified on Schedule A hereto.

This letter agreement (including the Schedules hereto) and the Securities Purchase Agreement (including the Annexes thereto) and the Warrant constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This letter agreement constitutes the "Letter Agreement" referred to in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. Executed signature pages to this letter agreement may be delivered by facsimile and such facsimiles will be deemed as sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.


* * *

 

 
 

 

In witness whereof, this letter agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto as of the date written below.


UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE
TREASURY

By:__ /s/ Herbert M. Allison, Jr. ________________
Name:  Herbert M. Allison, Jr.
Title: Assistant Secretary for Financial Stability


COMPANY:  PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.

By:__ /s/ Robert W. Walker __________________
Name:  Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Date:___ October 2, 2009 ___


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A








SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
STANDARD TERMS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article I

Purchase; Closing

 1.1    Purchase  1
 1.2    Closing  2
 1.3    Interpretation      4
 
Article II
Representations and Warranties
 
Article III

Covenants
 
 3.1    Commercially Reasonable Efforts  13
 3.2    Expenses  14
 3.3    Sufficiency of Authorized Common Stock; Exchange Listing  15
 3.4    Certain Notifications Until Closing  15
 3.5    Access, Information and Confidentiality  15
 
Article IV
Additional Agreements
 
 4.1    Purchase for Investment  16
 4.2    Legends  16
 4.3    Certain Transactions   18
 4.4    Transfer of Purchased Securities and Warrant Shares; Restrictions on Exercise of the Warrant   18
 4.5    Registration Rights  19
 4.6    Voting of Warrant Shares  30
 4.7    Depositary Shares  31
 4.8    Restriction on Dividends and Repurchases  31
 4.9    Repurchase of Investor Securities   32
 4.10    Executive Compensation  33
 4.11    Bank and Thrift Holding Company Status   34
 
 
 
B - i

 
 
 4.12    Predominantly Financial  34
 
Article V
Miscellaneous
 
 5.1    Termination   34
 5.2    Survival of Representations and Warranties   35
 5.3    Amendment   35
 5.4    Waiver of Conditions   35
 5.5     Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc.  35
 5.6    Notices  35
 5.7    Definitions   36
 5.8    Assignment   36
 5.9    Severability    37
 5.10    No Third Party Beneficiaries  37
 
 
 
 


 
B - ii

 

LIST OF ANNEXES

ANNEX A:      FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS FOR PREFERRED STOCK

ANNEX B:      FORM OF WAIVER

ANNEX C:      FORM OF OPINION

ANNEX D:      FORM OF WARRANT

 
















 
B - iii

 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
 
                                             Location of
Term                                                                                                                  Definition                       
Affiliate                                                                                                                     5.7(b)
Agreement                                                                                                                Recitals
Appraisal Procedure                                                                                                 4.9(c)(i)
Appropriate Federal Banking Agency                                                                        2.2(s)
Bank Holding Company                                                                                            4.11
Bankruptcy Exceptions                                                                                              2.2(d)
Benefit Plans                                                                                                             1.2(d)(iv)
Board of Directors                                                                                                    2.2(f)
Business Combination                                                                                               4.4
business Day                                                                                                             1.3
Capitalization Date                                                                                                    2.2(b)
Certificate of Designations                                                                                         1.2(d)(iii)
Charter                                                                                                                     1.2(d)(iii)
Closing                                                                                                                     1.2(a)
Closing Date                                                                                                             1.2(a)
Code                                                                                                                        2.2(n)
Common Stock                                                                                                        Recitals
Company                                                                                                                 Recitals
Company Financial Statements                                                                                  2.2(h)
Company Material Adverse Effect                                                                             2.1(a)
Company Reports                                                                                                     2.2(i)(i)
Company Subsidiary; Company Subsidiaries                                                             2.2(i)(i)
control; controlled by; under common control with                                                     5.7(b)
Controlled Group                                                                                                      2.2(n)
CPP                                                                                                                         Recitals
EESA                                                                                                                       1.2(d)(iv)
ERISA                                                                                                                      2.2(n)
Exchange Act                                                                                                            2.1(b)
Fair Market Value                                                                                                     4.9(c)(ii)
Federal Reserve                                                                                                        4.11
GAAP                                                                                                                      2.1(a)
Governmental Entities                                                                                                1.2(c)
Holder                                                                                                                      4.5(k)(i)
Holders’ Counsel                                                                                                      4.5(k)(ii)
Indemnitee                                                                                                                4.5(g)(i)
Information                                                                                                               3.5(b)
Initial Warrant Shares                                                                                               Recitals
Investor                                                                                                                    Recitals
Junior Stock                                                                                                              4.8(c)
knowledge of the Company; Company's knowledge                                                   5.7(c)
Last Fiscal Year                                                                                                         2.1(b)


 
B - iv

 
 
                                           Location of
Term                                                                                                                  Definition                                           
Letter Agreement                                                                                                       Recitals
Officers                                                                                                                     5.7(c)
Parity Stock                                                                                                               4.8(c)
Pending Underwritten Offering                                                                                    4.5(1)
Permitted Repurchases                                                                                               4.8(a)(ii)
Piggyback Registration                                                                                               4.5(a)(iv)
Plan                                                                                                                           2.2(n)
Preferred Shares                                                                                                        Recitals
Preferred Stock                                                                                                         Recitals
Previously Disclosed                                                                                                  2.1(b)
Proprietary Rights                                                                                                      2.2(u)
Purchase                                                                                                                    Recitals
Purchase Price                                                                                                           1.1
Purchased Securities                                                                                                  Recitals
Qualified Equity Offering                                                                                            4.4
register; registered; registration                                                                                   4.5(k)(iii)
Registrable Securities                                                                                                 4.5(k)(iv)
Registration Expenses                                                                                                4.5(k)(v)
Regulatory Agreement                                                                                               2.2(s)
Rule 144; Rule 144A; Rule 159A; Rule 405; Rule 415                                               4.5(k)(vi)
Savings and Loan Holding Company                                                                          4.11
Schedules                                                                                                                  Recitals
SEC                                                                                                                          2.1(b)
Securities Act                                                                                                            2.2(a)
Selling Expenses                                                                                                        4.5(k)(vii)
Senior Executive Officers                                                                                           4.10
Share Dilution Amount                                                                                               4.8(a)(ii)
Shelf Registration Statement                                                                                       4.5(a)(ii)
Signing Date                                                                                                              2.1(a)
Special Registration                                                                                                   4.5(i)
Stockholder Proposals                                                                                              3.1(b)
Subsidiary                                                                                                                  5.8(a)
Tax; Taxes                                                                                                                2.2(o)
Transfer                                                                                                                    4.4
Warrant                                                                                                                    Recitals
Warrant Shares                                                                                                         2.2(d)

 
B - v

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT — STANDARD TERMS

Recitals:

WHEREAS, the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Investor ”) may from time to time agree to purchase shares of preferred stock and warrants from eligible financial institutions which elect to participate in the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (“ CPP ”);

WHEREAS, an eligible financial institution electing to participate in the CPP and issue securities to the Investor (referred to herein as the “ Company ”) shall enter into a letter agreement (the “ Letter Agreement ”) with the Investor which incorporates this Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms;

WHEREAS, the Company agrees to expand the flow of credit to U.S. consumers and businesses on competitive terms to promote the sustained growth and vitality of the U.S. economy;

WHEREAS, the Company agrees to work diligently, under existing programs, to modify the terms of residential mortgages as appropriate to strengthen the health of the U.S. housing market;

WHEREAS, the Company intends to issue in a private placement the number of shares of the series of its Preferred Stock (“ Preferred Stock ”) set forth on Schedule A to the Letter Agreement (the “ Preferred Shares ”) and a warrant to purchase the number of shares of its Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) set forth on Schedule A to the Letter Agreement (the “ Initial Warrant Shares ”) (the “ Warrant ” and, together with the Preferred Shares, the “ Purchased Securities ”) and the Investor intends to purchase (the “ Purchase ”) from the Company the Purchased Securities; and

WHEREAS, the Purchase will be governed by this Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms and the Letter Agreement, including the schedules thereto (the “ Schedules ”), specifying additional terms of the Purchase. This Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms (including the Annexes hereto) and the Letter Agreement (including the Schedules thereto) are together referred to as this “Agreement”. All references in this Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms to “Schedules” are to the Schedules attached to the Letter Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

Article I
Purchase; Closing

1.1            Purchase . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined), the Purchased Securities for the price set forth on Schedule A (the “ Purchase Price ”).
 
 
B - 1

 
 
1.2            Closing .

(a)           On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the Purchase (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the location specified in Schedule A , at the time and on the date set forth in Schedule A or as soon as practicable thereafter, or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed between the Company and the Investor. The time and date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.

(b)           Subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions to the Closing in this Section 1.2, at the Closing the Company will deliver the Preferred Shares and the Warrant, in each case as evidenced by one or more certificates dated the Closing Date and bearing appropriate legends as hereinafter provided for, in exchange for payment in full of the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to a bank account designated by the Company on Schedule A .

(c)           The respective obligations of each of the Investor and the Company to consummate the Purchase are subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Investor and the Company, as applicable) prior to the Closing of the conditions that (i) any approvals or authorizations of all United States and other governmental, regulatory or judicial authorities (collectively, “ Governmental Entities ”) required for the consummation of the Purchase shall  have been obtained or made in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each party and shall be in full force and effect and all waiting periods required by United States and other applicable law, if any, shall have expired and (ii) no provision of any applicable United States or other law and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any Governmental Entity shall prohibit the purchase and sale of the Purchased Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(d)           The obligation of the Investor to consummate the Purchase is also subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Investor) at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

(i)           (A) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in (x) Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date, (y) Sections 2.2(a) through (f) shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such other date) and (z) Sections 2.2(h) through (v) (disregarding all qualifications or limitations set forth in such representations and warranties as to “materiality”, “Company Material Adverse Effect” and words of similar import) shall be true and correct as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that by their terms speak as of another date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such other date), except to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties referred to in this Section 1.2(d)(i)(A)(z) to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, does not have and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (B) the Company shall have
performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;
 
 
B - 2

 

(ii)           the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by a senior executive officer certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 1.2(d)(i) have been satisfied;

(iii)           the Company shall have duly adopted and filed with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or other applicable Governmental Entity the amendment to its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document (“ Charter ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “ Certificate of Designations ”) and such filing shall have been accepted;

(iv)           (A) the Company shall have effected such changes to its compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to its Senior Executive Officers (and to the extent necessary for such changes to be legally enforceable, each of its Senior Executive Officers shall have duly consented in writing to such changes), as may be necessary, during the period that the Investor owns any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to this Agreement or the Warrant, in order to comply with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date, and (B) the Investor shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by a senior executive officer certifying to the effect that the condition set forth in Section 1.2(d)(iv)(A) has been satisfied;

(v)           each of the Company's Senior Executive Officers shall have delivered to the Investor a written waiver in the form attached hereto as Annex B releasing the Investor from any claims that such Senior Executive Officers may otherwise have as a result of the issuance, on or prior to the Closing Date, of any regulations which require the modification of, and the agreement of the Company hereunder to modify, the terms of any Benefit Plans with respect to its Senior Executive Officers to eliminate any provisions of such Benefit Plans that would not be in compliance with the requirements of Section 111(b) of the EESA as implemented by guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date;

(vi)           the Company shall have delivered to the Investor a written opinion from counsel to the Company (which may be internal counsel), addressed to the Investor and dated as of the Closing Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex C ;

(vii)           the Company shall have delivered certificates in proper form or, with the prior consent of the Investor, evidence of shares in book-entry form, evidencing the Preferred Shares to Investor or its designee(s); and
 
 
B - 3

 
 
(viii)           the Company shall have duly executed the Warrant in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex D and delivered such executed Warrant to the Investor or its designee(s).

1.3            Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to “Recitals,” “Articles,” “Sections,” or “Annexes” such reference shall be to a Recital, Article or Section of,  or Annex to, this Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms, and a reference to “Schedules” shall be to a Schedule to the Letter Agreement, in each case, unless otherwise indicated. The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. References to “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and the like refer to this   Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or provision, unless the context requires otherwise. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation.” No rule of construction against the draftsperson shall be applied in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, as this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties advised by counsel. All references to “$” or “dollars” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, all references to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute) and to any section of any statute, rule or regulation include any successor to the section. References to a “ business day ” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

Article II
Representations and Warranties

2.1            Disclosure .

(a)           “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, results of operation or financial condition of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided, however , that Company Material Adverse Effect shall not be deemed to include the effects of (A) changes after the date of the Letter Agreement (the “ Signing Date ”) in general business, economic or market conditions (including changes  generally in prevailing interest rates, credit availability and liquidity, currency exchange rates and price levels or trading volumes in the United States or foreign securities or credit markets), or any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declared or undeclared acts of war or terrorism, in each case generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate, (B) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) or regulatory accounting requirements, or authoritative interpretations thereof, (C) changes or proposed changes after the Signing Date in securities, banking and other laws of general applicability or related policies or interpretations of Governmental Entities (in the case of each of these clauses (A), (B) and (C), other than changes
 
 
B - 4

 
 
or occurrences to the extent that such changes or occurrences have or would reasonably be expected to have a materially disproportionate adverse effect on the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole relative to comparable U.S. banking or financial services organizations), or (D) changes in the market price or trading volume of the Common Stock or any other equity, equity-related or debt securities of the Company or its consolidated subsidiaries (it being understood and agreed that the exception set forth in this clause (D) does not apply to the underlying reason giving rise to or contributing to any such change); or (ii) the ability of the Company to consummate the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Warrant and perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder on a timely basis.

(b)           “ Previously Disclosed ” means information set forth or incorporated in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) prior to the Signing Date (the “ Last Fiscal Year ”) or in its other reports and forms filed with or furnished to the SEC under Sections 13(a), 14(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) on or after the last day of the Last Fiscal Year and prior to the Signing Date.

2.2            Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as Previously Disclosed, the Company represents and warrants to the Investor that as of the Signing Date and as of the Closing Date (or such other date specified herein):

(a)            Organization, Authority and Significant Subsidiaries . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with the necessary power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business in all material respects as currently conducted, and except as has not, individually or in the aggregate, had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification; each subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. The Charter and bylaws of the Company, copies of which have been provided to the Investor prior to the Signing Date, are true, complete and correct copies of such documents as in full force and effect as of the Signing Date.

(b)            Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of the Company, and the outstanding capital stock of the Company (including securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock of the Company) as of the most recent fiscal month-end preceding the Signing Date (the “ Capitalization Date ”) is set forth on Schedule B . The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and subject to no preemptive rights (and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights). Except as provided in the Warrant, as of the Signing Date, the Company does not have outstanding any securities or other obligations providing the holder the right to acquire Common Stock that is not reserved for issuance as
 
 
B - 5

 
 
specified on Schedule B , and the Company has not made any other commitment to authorize, issue or sell any Common Stock. Since the Capitalization Date, the Company has not issued any shares of Common Stock, other than (i) shares issued upon the exercise of stock options or delivered under other equity-based awards or other convertible securities or warrants which were issued and outstanding on the Capitalization Date and disclosed on Schedule B and (ii) shares disclosed on Schedule B .

(c)            Preferred Shares . The Preferred Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, such Preferred Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of Preferred Stock, whether or not issued or outstanding, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

(d)            The Warrant and Warrant Shares . The Warrant has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered as contemplated hereby, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity (“ Bankruptcy Exceptions ”). The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the “ Warrant Shares ”) have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrant and when so issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, subject, if applicable, to the approvals of its stockholders set forth on Schedule C .

(e)            Authorization, Enforceability.

(i)           The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Warrant and, subject, if applicable, to the approvals of its stockholders set forth on Schedule C , to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder (which includes the issuance of the Preferred Shares, Warrant and Warrant Shares). The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and its stockholders, and no further approval or authorization is required on the part of the Company, subject, in each case, if applicable, to the approvals of its stockholders set forth on Schedule C . This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the Bankruptcy Exceptions.
 
 
B - 6

 

(ii)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and compliance by the Company with the provisions hereof and thereof, will not (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (i) subject, if applicable, to the approvals of the Company's stockholders set forth on Schedule C , its organizational documents or (ii) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any Company Subsidiary may be bound, or to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary may be subject, or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets except, in the case of clauses (A)(ii) and (B), for those occurrences that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(iii)           Other than the filing of the Certificate of Designations with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization or other applicable Governmental Entity, any current report on Form 8-K required to be filed with the SEC, such filings and approvals as are required to be made or obtained under any state "blue sky" laws, the filing of any proxy statement contemplated by Section 3.1 and such as have been made or obtained, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity is required to be made or obtained by the Company in connection with the consummation by the Company of the Purchase except for any such notices, filings, exemptions, reviews, authorizations, consents and approvals the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(f)            Anti-takeover Provisions and Rights Plan . The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) has taken all necessary action to ensure that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the exercise of the Warrant in accordance with its terms, will be exempt from any anti-takeover or similar provisions of the Company's Charter and bylaws, and any other provisions of any applicable “moratorium”, “control share”, “fair price”, “interested stockholder” or other anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction. The Company has taken all actions necessary to render any stockholders' rights plan of the Company inapplicable to this Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the exercise of the Warrant by the Investor in accordance with its terms.

 
B - 7

 
 
(g)            No Company Material Adverse Effect . Since the last day of the last completed fiscal period for which the Company has filed a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC prior to the Signing Date, no fact, circumstance, event, change, occurrence, condition or development has occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(h)            Company Financial Statements . Each of the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively the “ Company Financial Statements ”) included or incorporated by reference in the Company Reports filed with the SEC since December 31, 2006, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated therein (or if amended prior to the Signing Date, as of the date of such amendment) and the consolidated results of their operations for the periods specified therein; and except as stated therein, such financial statements (A) were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except as may be noted therein), (B) have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and (C) complied as to form, as of their respective dates of filing with the SEC, in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto.

(i)            Reports .

(i)           Since December 31, 2006, the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (each a “ Company Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Company Subsidiaries ”) has timely filed all reports, registrations, documents, filings, statements and submissions, together with any amendments thereto, that it was required to file with any Governmental Entity (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Company Reports ”) and has paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. As of their respective dates of filing, the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all statutes and applicable rules and regulations of the applicable Governmental Entities. In the case of each such Company Report filed with or furnished to the SEC, such Company Report (A) did not, as of its date or if amended prior to the Signing Date, as of the date of such amendment, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (B) complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. With respect to all other Company Reports, the Company Reports were complete and accurate in all material respects as of their respective dates. No executive officer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has failed in any respect to make the certifications required of him or her under Section 302 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(ii)           The records, systems, controls, data and information of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries are recorded, stored, maintained and operated under means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) that are under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company or the
 
B - 8

 
 
Company Subsidiaries or their accountants (including all means of access thereto and therefrom), except for any non-exclusive ownership and non-direct control that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the system of internal accounting controls described below in this Section 2.2(i)(ii). The Company (A) has implemented and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including the consolidated Company Subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company by others within those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the Signing Date, to the Company's outside auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (x) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting.

(j)            No Undisclosed Liabilities. Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) which are not properly reflected or reserved against in the Company Financial Statements to the extent required to be so reflected or reserved against in accordance with GAAP, except for (A) liabilities that have arisen since the last fiscal year end in the ordinary and usual course of business and consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(k)            Offering of Securities . Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken any action (including any offering of any securities of the Company under circumstances which would require the integration of such offering with the offering of any of the Purchased Securities under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder), which might subject the offering, issuance or sale of any of the Purchased Securities to Investor pursuant to this Agreement to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(l)            Litigation and Other Proceedings . Except (i) as set forth on Schedule D or (ii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, there is no (A) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, against the Company or any Company Subsidiary or to which any of their assets are subject nor is the Company or any Company Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree or (B) unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Entity with respect to any report or relating to any examinations or inspections of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries.

 
B - 9

 
 
(m)            Compliance with Laws. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, franchises, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted and that are material to the business of the Company or such Company Subsidiary. Except as set forth on Schedule E , the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have complied in all respects and are not in default or violation of, and none of them is, to the knowledge of the Company, under investigation with respect to or, to the knowledge of the Company, have been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any violation of, any applicable domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign law, statute, ordinance, license, rule, regulation, policy or guideline, order, demand, writ, injunction, decree or judgment of any Governmental Entity, other than such noncompliance, defaults or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except for statutory or regulatory restrictions of general application or as set forth on Schedule E , no Governmental Entity has placed any restriction on the business or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(n)            Employee Benefit Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect: (A) each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) providing benefits to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any member of its “ Controlled Group ” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code” )) that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any member of its Controlled Group and for which the Company or any member of its Controlled Group would have any liability, whether actual or contingent (each, a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code; (B) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (including, for purposes of this clause (B), any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA that the Company or any member of its Controlled Group previously maintained or contributed to in the six years prior to the Signing Date), (1) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA), other than a reportable event for which the notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, has occurred in the three years prior to the Signing Date or is reasonably expected to occur, (2) no “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, has occurred in the three years prior to the Signing Date or is reasonably expected to occur, (3) the fair market value of the assets under each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on the assumptions used to fund such Plan) and (4) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred in the six years prior to the Signing Date, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA); and (C) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its qualified status that has not been revoked, or such a determination letter has been timely applied for but not received by the Signing Date, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss, revocation or denial of such qualified status or favorable determination letter.

 
B - 10

 
 
(o)            Taxes . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise Tax returns required to be filed through the Signing Date, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all Taxes due thereon, and (ii) no Tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, nor does the Company have any knowledge of any Tax deficiencies. “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternative or add on minimum, ad valorem, transfer or excise tax, or any other tax, custom, duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or penalty, imposed by any Governmental Entity.

(p)            Properties and Leases . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances, claims and defects that would affect the value thereof or interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries hold all leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

(q)            Environmental Liability . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect:

(i)           there is no legal, administrative, or other proceeding, claim or action of any nature seeking to impose, or that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of, on the Company or any Company Subsidiary, any liability relating to the release of hazardous substances as defined under any local, state or federal environmental statute, regulation or ordinance, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any Company Subsidiary;

(ii)           to the Company’s knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for any such proceeding, claim or action; and

(iii)           neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any agreement, order, judgment or decree by or with any court, Governmental Entity or third party imposing any such environmental liability.

 
B - 11

 
 
(r)            Risk Management Instruments. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, all derivative instruments, including, swaps, caps, floors and option agreements, whether entered into for the Company's own account, or for the account of one or more of the Company Subsidiaries or its or their customers, were entered into (i) only in the ordinary course of business, (ii) in accordance with prudent practices and in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and regulatory policies and (iii) with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time; and each of such instruments constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company or one of the Company Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by the Bankruptcy Exceptions. Neither the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its obligations under any such agreement or arrangement other than such breaches that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(s)            Agreements with Regulatory Agencies . Except as set forth on Schedule F , neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any material cease-and-desist or other similar order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any material written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any capital directive by, or since December 31, 2006, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any Governmental Entity (other than the Appropriate Federal Banking Agencies with jurisdiction over the Company and the Company Subsidiaries) that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies or procedures, its internal controls, its management or its operations or business (each item in this sentence, a “ Regulatory Agreement ”), nor has the Company or any Company Subsidiary been advised since December 31, 2006 by any such Governmental Entity that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering, or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement. The Company and each Company Subsidiary are in compliance in all material respects with each Regulatory Agreement to which it is party or subject, and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any notice from any Governmental Entity indicating that either the Company or any Company Subsidiary is not in compliance in all material respects with any such Regulatory Agreement. “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the "appropriate Federal banking agency" with respect to the Company or such Company Subsidiaries, as applicable, as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)).

(t)            Insurance . The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are insured with reputable insurers against such risks and in such amounts as the management of the Company reasonably has determined to be prudent and consistent with industry practice. The Company  and the Company Subsidiaries are in material compliance with their insurance policies and are not in default under any of the material terms thereof, each such policy is outstanding and in full force and effect, all premiums and other payments due under any material policy have been paid, and all claims thereunder have been filed in due and timely fashion, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 
B - 12

 
 
(u)            Intellectual Property . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and each Company Subsidiary owns or otherwise has the right to use, all intellectual property rights, including all trademarks, trade dress, trade names, service marks, domain names, patents, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, works of authorship and copyrights therein, that are used in the conduct of their existing businesses and all rights relating to the plans, design and specifications of any of its branch facilities ( “Proprietary Rights ”) free and clear of all liens and any claims of ownership by current or former employees, contractors, designers or others and (ii) neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is materially infringing, diluting, misappropriating or violating, nor has the Company or any or the Company Subsidiaries received any written (or, to the knowledge of the Company, oral) communications alleging that any of them has materially infringed, diluted, misappropriated or violated, any of the Proprietary Rights owned by any other person. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the Company's knowledge, no other person is infringing, diluting, misappropriating or violating, nor has the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries sent any written communications since January 1, 2006 alleging that any person has infringed, diluted, misappropriated or violated, any of the Proprietary Rights owned by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

(v)            Brokers and Finders . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any financial advisory, brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any Company Subsidiary for which the Investor could have any liability.

Article III
Covenants

3.1            Commercially Reasonable Efforts .

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties will use its commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the Purchase as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party to that end.

(b)           If the Company is required to obtain any stockholder approvals set forth on Schedule C , then the Company shall comply with this Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(c). The Company shall call a special meeting of its stockholders, as promptly as practicable following the Closing, to vote on proposals (collectively, the “ Stockholder Proposals ”) to (i) approve the exercise of the Warrant for Common Stock for purposes of the rules of the national security exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and/or (ii) amend the Company's Charter to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to at least such number as shall be sufficient to permit the full exercise of the Warrant for Common Stock and comply with the
 
 
B - 13

 
 
other provisions of this Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(c). The Board of Directors shall recommend to the Company's stockholders that such stockholders vote in favor of the Stockholder Proposals. In connection with such meeting, the Company shall prepare (and the Investor will reasonably cooperate with the Company to prepare) and file with the SEC as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than ten business days after the Closing) a preliminary proxy statement, shall use its reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments of the SEC or its staff thereon and to cause a definitive proxy statement related to such stockholders’ meeting to be mailed to the Company's stockholders not more than five business days after clearance thereof by the SEC, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies for such stockholder approval of the Stockholder Proposals. The Company shall notify the Investor promptly of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or its staff with respect to the proxy statement and of any request by the SEC or its staff for amendments or supplements to such proxy statement or for additional information and will supply the Investor with copies of all correspondence between the Company or any of its representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or its staff, on the other hand, with respect to such proxy statement. If at any time prior to such stockholders' meeting there shall occur any event that is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the proxy statement, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its stockholders such an amendment or supplement. Each of the Investor and the Company agrees promptly to correct any information provided by it or on its behalf for use in the proxy statement if and to the extent that such information shall have become false or misleading in any material respect, and the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its stockholders an amendment or supplement to correct such information to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations. The Company shall consult with the Investor prior to filing any proxy statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and provide the Investor with a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon. In the event that the approval of any of the Stockholder Proposals is not obtained at such special stockholders meeting, the Company shall include a proposal to approve (and the Board of Directors shall recommend approval of) each such proposal at a meeting of its stockholders no less than once in each subsequent six-month period beginning on January 1, 2009 until all such approvals are obtained or made.

(c)           None of the information supplied by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries for inclusion in any proxy statement in connection with any such stockholders meeting of the Company will, at the date it is filed with the SEC, when first mailed to the Company's stockholders and at the time of any stockholders meeting, and at the time of any amendment or supplement thereof, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

3.2            Expenses . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Warrant, each of the parties hereto will bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Warrant, including fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel.

 
B - 14

 
 
3.3            Sufficiency of Authorized Common Stock: Exchange Listing .

(a)           During the period from the Closing Date (or, if the approval of the Stockholder Proposals is required, the date of such approval) until the date on which the Warrant has been fully exercised, the Company shall at all times have reserved for issuance, free of preemptive or similar rights, a sufficient number of authorized and unissued Warrant Shares to effectuate such exercise. Nothing in this Section 3.3 shall preclude the Company from satisfying its obligations in respect of the exercise of the Warrant by delivery of shares of Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Company. As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing, the Company shall, at its expense, cause the Warrant Shares to be listed on the same national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, subject to official notice of issuance, and shall maintain such listing for so long as any Common Stock is listed on such exchange.

(b)           If requested by the Investor, the Company shall promptly use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Preferred Shares to be approved for listing on a national securities exchange as promptly as practicable following such request.

3.4            Certain Notifications Until Closing . From the Signing Date until the Closing, the Company shall promptly notify the Investor of (i) any fact, event or circumstance of which it is aware and which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or to cause any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement not to be complied with or satisfied in any material respect and (ii) except as Previously Disclosed, any fact, circumstance, event, change, occurrence, condition or development of which the Company is aware and which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall not limit or affect any rights of or remedies available to the Investor; provided , further , that a failure to comply with this Section 3.4 shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or the failure of any condition set forth in Section 1.2 to be satisfied unless the underlying Company Material Adverse Effect or material breach would independently result in the failure of a condition set forth in Section 1.2 to be satisfied.

3.5            Access, Information and Confidentiality .

(a)           From the Signing Date until the date when the Investor holds an amount of Preferred Shares having an aggregate liquidation value of less than 10% of the Purchase Price, the Company will permit the Investor and its agents, consultants, contractors and advisors (x) acting through the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, to examine the corporate books and make copies thereof and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries with the principal officers of the Company, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times and as often as the Investor may reasonably request and (y) to review any information material to the Investor's investment in the Company provided by the Company to its Appropriate Federal Banking Agency. Any investigation pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be conducted during normal business hours and in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of the Company, and nothing herein shall require the Company or any Company Subsidiary to disclose any information to the Investor to the extent (i) prohibited by applicable law or regulation, or (ii) that such disclosure would reasonably be expected to cause a violation of any agreement to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or would cause a risk of a loss of privilege to the Company or any Company Subsidiary ( provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances where the restrictions in this clause (ii) apply).

 
B - 15

 
 
(b)           The Investor will use reasonable best efforts to hold, and will use reasonable best efforts to cause its agents, consultants, contractors and advisors to hold, in confidence all non-public records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) concerning the Company furnished or made available to it by the Company or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (i) previously known by such party on a non-confidential basis, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (iii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the party to which it was furnished (and without violation of any other confidentiality obligation)); provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Investor from disclosing any Information to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process.

Article IV
Additional Agreements

4.1            Purchase for Investment . The Investor acknowledges that the Purchased Securities and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws. The Investor (a) is acquiring the Purchased Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment with no present intention to distribute them to any person in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable U.S. state securities laws, (b) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Securities or the Warrant Shares, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any applicable U.S. state securities laws, and (c) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Purchase and of making an informed investment decision.

4.2            Legends .

(a)           The Investor agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Warrant and the Warrant Shares will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS."

 
B - 16

 
 
(b)           The Investor agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Warrant will also bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

"THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTOR REFERRED TO THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID."

(c)           In addition, the Investor agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Preferred Shares will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS, DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. ANY TRANSFEREE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH IS THEN EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO THE ISSUER OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND."

 
B - 17

 
 
(d)           In the event that any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares (i) become registered under the Securities Act or (ii) are eligible to be transferred without restriction in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act (other than Rule 144A), the Company shall issue new certificates or other instruments representing such Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares, which shall not contain the applicable legends in Sections 4.2(a) and (c) above; provided that the Investor surrenders to the Company the previously issued certificates or other instruments. Upon Transfer of all or a portion of the Warrant in compliance with Section 4.4, the Company shall issue new certificates or other instruments representing the Warrant, which shall not contain the applicable legend in Section 4.2(b) above; provided that the Investor surrenders to the Company the previously issued certificates or other instruments.

4.3            Certain Transactions . The Company will not merge or consolidate with, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property or assets to, any other party unless the successor, transferee or lessee party (or its ultimate parent entity), as the case may be (if not the Company), expressly assumes the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant, agreement and condition of this Agreement to be performed and observed by the Company.

4.4            Transfer of Purchased Securities and Warrant Shares; Restrictions on Exercise of the Warrant. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Investor shall be permitted to transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of (“ Transfer ”) all or a portion of the Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares at any time, and the Company shall take all steps as may be reasonably requested by the Investor to facilitate the Transfer of the Purchased Securities and the Warrant Shares; provided that the Investor shall not Transfer a portion or portions of the Warrant with respect to, and/or exercise the Warrant for, more than one-half of the Initial Warrant Shares (as such number may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 13 thereof) in the aggregate until the earlier of (a) the date on which the Company (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Purchase Price (and the purchase price paid by the Investor to any such successor for securities of such successor purchased under the CPP) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor) and (b) December 31, 2009. “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Company to persons other than the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries after the Closing Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Company at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Company's Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to October 13, 2008). “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Company's stockholders.

 
B - 18

 
 
4.5            Registration Rights .

(a)            Registration .

(i)           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company covenants and agrees that as promptly as practicable after the Closing Date (and in any event no later than 30 days after the Closing Date), the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement covering all Registrable Securities (or otherwise designate an existing Shelf Registration Statement filed with the SEC to cover the Registrable Securities), and, to the extent the Shelf Registration Statement has not theretofore been declared effective or is not automatically effective upon such filing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared or become effective and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities for a period from the date of its initial effectiveness until such time as there are no Registrable Securities remaining (including by refiling such Shelf Registration Statement (or a new Shelf Registration Statement) if the initial Shelf Registration Statement expires). So long as the Company is a well-known seasoned  issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) at the time of filing of the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC, such Shelf Registration Statement shall be designated by the Company as an automatic Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on the Signing Date the Company is not eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, then the Company shall not be obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement unless and until requested to do so in writing by the Investor.

(ii)           Any registration pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(i) shall be effected by means of a shelf registration on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). If the Investor or any other Holder intends to distribute any Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten offering it shall promptly so advise the Company and the Company shall take all reasonable steps to facilitate such distribution, including the actions required pursuant to Section 4.5(c); provided that the Company shall not be required to facilitate an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities unless the expected gross proceeds from such offering exceed (i) 2% of the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares if such initial aggregate liquidation preference is less than $2 billion and (ii) $200 million if the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares is equal to or greater than $2 billion. The lead underwriters in any such distribution shall be selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be distributed; provided that to the extent appropriate and permitted under applicable law, such Holders shall consider the qualifications of any broker-dealer Affiliate of the Company in selecting the lead underwriters in any such distribution.

 
B - 19

 
 
 (iii)           The Company shall not be required to effect a registration (including a resale of Registrable Securities from an effective Shelf Registration Statement) or an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 4.5(a): (A) with respect to securities that are  not Registrable Securities; or (B) if the Company has notified the Investor and all other Holders that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its securityholders for such registration or underwritten offering to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such registration for a period of not more than 45 days after receipt of the request of the Investor or any other Holder; provided that such right to delay a registration or underwritten offering shall be exercised by the Company (1) only if the Company has generally exercised (or is concurrently exercising) similar black-out rights against holders of similar securities that have registration rights and (2) not more than three times in any 12-month period and not more than 90 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

(iv)           If during any period when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is not available, the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities, other than a registration pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(i) or a Special Registration, and the registration form to be filed may be used for the registration or qualification for distribution of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice to the Investor and all other Holders of its intention to effect such a registration (but in no event less than ten days prior to the anticipated filing date) and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten business days after the date of the Company's notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). Any such person that has made such a written request may withdraw its Registrable Securities from such Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, on or before the fifth business day prior to the planned effective date of such Piggyback Registration. The Company may terminate or withdraw any registration under this Section 4.5(a)(iv) prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not Investor or any other Holders have elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

(v)           If the registration referred to in Section 4.5(a)(iv) is proposed to be underwritten, the Company will so advise Investor and all other Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(iv). In such event, the right of Investor and all other Holders to registration pursuant to Section 4.5(a) will be conditioned upon such persons’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such person's Registrable Securities in the underwriting if such securities are of the same class of securities as the securities to be offered in the underwritten offering, and each such person will (together with the Company and the other persons distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company; provided that the Investor (as opposed to other Holders) shall not be required to indemnify any person in connection with any registration. If any participating person disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriters and the Investor (if the Investor is participating in the underwriting).

 
B - 20

 
 
(vi)           If either (x) the Company grants “piggyback” registration rights to one or more third parties to include their securities in an underwritten offering under the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(ii) or (y) a Piggyback Registration under Section 4.5(a)(iv) relates to an underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and in either case the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such offering only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such managing underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: (A) first, in the case of a Piggyback Registration under Section 4.5(a)(iv), the securities the Company proposes to sell, (B) then the Registrable Securities of the Investor and all other Holders who have requested inclusion of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(ii) or Section 4.5(a)(iv), as applicable, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such securities or shares owned by each such person and (C) lastly, any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included, subject to the terms of this Agreement; provided, however , that if the Company has, prior to the Signing Date, entered into an agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the order of priority contemplated hereby then it shall apply the order of priority in such conflicting agreement to the extent that it would otherwise result in a breach under such agreement.

(b)            Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance hereunder shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the aggregate offering or sale price of the securities so registered.

(c)            Obligations of the Company . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts, for so long as there are Registrable Securities outstanding, to take such actions as are under its control to not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and to remain a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) if it has such status on the Signing Date or becomes eligible for such status in the future. In addition, whenever required to affect the registration of any Registrable Securities or facilitate the distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

(i)           Prepare and file with the SEC a prospectus supplement with respect to a proposed offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, subject to Section 4.5(d), keep such registration statement effective and keep  such prospectus supplement current until the securities described therein are no longer Registrable Securities.

 
B - 21

 
 
(ii)           Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the applicable registration statement and the prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(iii)           Furnish to the Holders and any underwriters such number of copies of the applicable registration statement and each such amendment and supplement thereto (including in each case all exhibits) and of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned or to be distributed by them.

(iv)           Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s), to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably necessary to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(v)           Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable prospectus, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

(vi)           Give written notice to the Holders:

(A)           when any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 4.5(a) or any amendment thereto has been filed with the SEC (except for any amendment effected by the filing of a document with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act) and when such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(B)           of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any registration statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
 
 
B - 22

 
 
(C)           of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

(D)           of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Common Stock for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

(E)           of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in any effective registration statement or the prospectus related to the registration statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading (which notice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made); and

(F)           if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement contemplated by Section 4.5(c)(x) cease to be true and correct.

(vii)           Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement referred to in Section 4.5(c)(vi)(C) at the earliest practicable time.

(viii)           Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4.5(c)(v) or 4.5(c)(vi)(E), promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to such registration statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Holders and any underwriters, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Holders in accordance with Section 4.5(c)(vi)(E) to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Holders and any underwriters shall suspend use of such prospectus and use their reasonable best efforts to return to the Company all copies of such prospectus (at the Company's expense) other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ or underwriters’ possession. The total number of days that any such suspension may be in effect in any 12-month period shall not exceed 90 days.

(ix)           Use reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical stock certificates into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Holders or any managing underwriter(s).

 
B - 23

 
 
(x)           If an underwritten offering is requested pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(ii), enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form, scope and substance and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith or by the managing underwriter(s), if any, to expedite or facilitate the underwritten disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in connection therewith in any underwritten offering (including making members of management and executives of the Company available to participate in "road shows", similar sales events and other marketing activities), (A) make such representations and warranties to the Holders that are selling stockholders and the managing underwriter(s), if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in customary form, substance and scope, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (B) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish the underwriters with opinions of counsel to the Company, addressed to the managing underwriter(s), if any, covering the matters customarily covered in such opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (C) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are included in the Shelf Registration Statement) who have certified the financial statements included in such Shelf Registration Statement, addressed to each of the managing underwriter(s), if any, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters, (D) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures customary in underwritten offerings (provided that the Investor shall not be obligated to provide any indemnity), and (E) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith, their counsel and the managing underwriter(s), if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

(xi)           Make available for inspection by a representative of Holders that are selling stockholders, the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Holders or managing underwriter(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information in each case reasonably requested (and of the type customarily provided in connection with due diligence conducted in connection with a registered public offering of securities) by any such representative, managing underwriter(s), attorney or accountant in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement.

(xii)           Use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if no similar securities issued by the Company are then listed on any national securities exchange, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on such securities exchange as the Investor may designate.

 
B - 24

 
 
(xiii)           If requested by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold in connection therewith, or the managing underwriter(s), if any, promptly include in a prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and/or sold in connection therewith or managing underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request.

(xiv)           Timely provide to its security holders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

(d)            Suspension of Sales . Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement contains or may contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or may omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that circumstances exist that make inadvisable use of such registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement, the Investor and each Holder of Registrable Securities shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until the Investor and/or Holder has received copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus or prospectus supplement, or until the Investor and/or such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus and, if applicable, prospectus supplement may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, the Investor and/or such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies, other than  permanent file copies then in the Investor and/or such Holder's possession, of the prospectus  and, if applicable, prospectus supplement covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. The total number of days that any such suspension may be in effect in any 12-month period shall not exceed 90 days.

(e)            Termination of Registration Rights . A Holder's registration rights as to any securities held by such Holder (and its Affiliates, partners, members and former members) shall not be available unless such securities are Registrable Securities.

(f)            Furnishing Information.

(i)           Neither the Investor nor any Holder shall use any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405) in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Company.

(ii)           It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 4.5(c) that Investor and/or the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registered offering of their Registrable Securities.

 
B - 25

 
 
(g)            Indemnification .

(i)           The Company agrees to indemnify each Holder and, if a Holder is a person other than an individual, such Holder's officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, that controls a Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys and other professionals incurred in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses), joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto or any documents incorporated therein by reference or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto); or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , that the Company shall not be liable to such Indemnitee in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in reliance upon and in conformity with information regarding such Indemnitee or its plan of distribution or ownership interests which was furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnitee for use in connection with such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto, or (B) offers or sales effected by or on behalf of such Indemnitee “by means of” (as defined in Rule 159A) a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) that was not authorized in writing by the Company.

(ii)           If the indemnification provided for in Section 4.5(g)(i) is unavailable to an Indemnitee with respect to any losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses referred to therein or is insufficient to hold the Indemnitee harmless as contemplated therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnitee, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs or expenses as well as any other relevant
 
B - 26

 
 
equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other factors, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; the Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.5(g)(ii) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 4.5(g)(i). No Indemnitee guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from the Company if the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(h)            Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights of the Investor to registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.5(a) may be assigned by the Investor to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities with a liquidation preference or, in the case of Registrable Securities other than Preferred Shares, a market value, no less than an amount equal to (i) 2% of the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares if such initial aggregate liquidation preference is less than $2 billion and (ii) $200 million if the initial aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares is equal to or greater than $2 billion; provided , however , the transferor shall, within ten days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the number and type of Registrable Securities that are being assigned. For purposes of this Section 4.5(h), “market value” per share of Common Stock shall be the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on the last trading day prior to the proposed transfer, and the "market value" for the Warrant (or any portion thereof) shall be the market value per share of Common Stock into which the Warrant (or such portion) is exercisable less the exercise price per share.

(i)            Clear Market . With respect to any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities by the Investor or other Holders pursuant to this Section 4.5, the Company agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration or pursuant to a Special Registration) any public sale or distribution, or to file any Shelf Registration Statement (other than such registration or a Special Registration) covering, in the case of an underwritten offering of Common Stock or Warrants, any of its equity securities or, in the case of an underwritten offering of Preferred Shares, any Preferred Stock of the Company, or, in each case, any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period not to exceed ten days prior and 60 days following the effective date of such offering or such longer period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter for such underwritten offering. The Company also  agrees to cause such of its directors and senior executive officers to execute and deliver customary lock-up agreements in such form and for such time period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter. “ Special Registration ” means the registration of (A) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or successor form) or (B) shares of equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, members of management, employees, consultants, customers, lenders or vendors of the Company or Company Subsidiaries or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans.

 
B - 27

 
 
(j)            Rule 144; Rule 144A. With a view to making available to the Investor and Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

(i)           make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144(c)(1) or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the Signing Date;

(ii)           (A) file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act, and (B) if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, make available, upon the request of any Holder, such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A (including the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act);

(iii)           so long as the Investor or a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Investor or such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act; a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as the Investor or Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities to the public without registration; and

(iv)           take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act.

(k)           As used in this Section 4.5, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i)           “ Holder ” means the Investor and any other holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in compliance with Section 4.5(h) hereof.

(ii)           “ Holders Counsel ” means one counsel for the selling Holders chosen by Holders holding a majority interest in the Registrable Securities being registered.

(iii)           “ Register,   registered, ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and (A) filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or (B) filing a prospectus and/or prospectus supplement in respect of an appropriate effective registration statement on Form S-3.

 
B - 28

 
 
(iv)           “ Registrable Securities ” means (A) all Preferred Shares, (B) the Warrant (subject to Section 4.5(p)) and (C) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clauses (A) or (B) by way of conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, including the Warrant Shares, or share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization, provided that, once issued, such securities will not be Registrable Securities when (1) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (2) except as provided below in Section 4.5(o), they may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, (3) they shall have ceased to be outstanding or (4) they have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor's rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities. No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one registration statement at any one time.

(v)           “ Registration Expenses ” mean all expenses incurred by the Company in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement (whether or not any registration or prospectus becomes effective or final) or otherwise complying with its obligations under this Section 4.5, including all registration, filing and listing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, expenses incurred in connection with any “road show”, the reasonable fees and disbursements of Holders’ Counsel, and expenses of the Company’s independent accountants in connection with any regular or special reviews or audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses.

(vi)           “ Rule 144 , Rule 144A , Rule 159A , Rule 405 ” and “ Rule 415 ” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

(vii)           “ Selling Expenses ” mean all discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of Holders’ Counsel included in Registration Expenses).

(l)           At any time, any holder of Securities (including any Holder) may elect to forfeit its rights set forth in this Section 4.5 from that date forward; provided , that a Holder forfeiting such rights shall nonetheless be entitled to participate under Section 4.5(a)(iv) – (vi) in any Pending Underwritten Offering to the same extent that such Holder would have been entitled to if the holder had not withdrawn; and provided , further , that no such forfeiture shall terminate a Holder’s rights or obligations under Section 4.5(f) with respect to any prior registration or Pending Underwritten Offering. “ Pending Underwritten Offering ” means, with respect to any Holder forfeiting its rights pursuant to this Section 4.5(1), any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities in which such Holder has advised the Company of its intent to register its Registrable Securities either pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(ii) or 4.5(a)(iv) prior to the date of such Holder’s forfeiture.

 
B - 29

 
 
(m)            Specific Performance . The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations under this Section 4.5 and that the Investor and the Holders from time to time may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Investor and such Holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, to the fullest extent permitted and enforceable under applicable law shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section 4.5 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 4.5.

(n)            No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not, on or after the Signing Date, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that may impair the rights granted to the Investor and the Holders under this Section 4.5 or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof in any manner that may impair the rights granted to the Investor and the Holders under this Section 4.5. In the event the Company has, prior to the Signing Date, entered into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Investor and the Holders under this Section 4.5 (including agreements that are inconsistent with the order of priority contemplated by Section 4.5(a)(vi)) or that may otherwise conflict with the provisions hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to amend such agreements to ensure they are consistent with the provisions of this Section 4.5.

(o)            Certain Offerings by the Investor . In the case of any securities held by the Investor that cease to be Registrable Securities solely by reason of clause (2) in the definition of “Registrable Securities,” the provisions of Sections 4.5(a)(ii), clauses (iv), (ix) and (x)-(xii) of Section 4.5(c), Section 4.5(g) and Section 4.5(i) shall continue to apply until such securities otherwise cease to be Registrable Securities. In any such case, an “underwritten” offering or other disposition shall include any distribution of such securities on behalf of the Investor by one or more broker-dealers, an “underwriting agreement” shall include any purchase agreement entered into by such broker-dealers, and any “registration statement” or “prospectus” shall include any offering document approved by the Company and used in connection with such distribution.

(p)            Registered Sales of the Warrant. The Holders agree to sell the Warrant or any portion thereof under the Shelf Registration Statement only beginning 30 days after notifying the Company of any such sale, during which 30-day period the Investor and all Holders of the Warrant shall take reasonable steps to agree to revisions to the Warrant to permit a public distribution of the Warrant, including entering into a warrant agreement and appointing a warrant agent.

4.6            Voting of Warrant Shares . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Investor shall not exercise any voting rights with respect to the Warrant Shares.
 
 
B - 30

 
 
4.7            Depositary Shares . Upon request by the Investor at any time following the Closing Date, the Company shall promptly enter into a depositary arrangement, pursuant to customary agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Investor and with a depositary reasonably acceptable to the Investor, pursuant to which the Preferred Shares may be deposited and depositary shares, each representing a fraction of a Preferred Share as specified by the Investor, may be issued. From and after the execution of any such depositary arrangement, and the deposit of any Preferred Shares pursuant thereto, the depositary shares issued pursuant thereto shall be deemed “Preferred Shares” and, as applicable, “Registrable Securities” for purposes of this Agreement.

4.8            Restriction on Dividends and Repurchases .

(a)           Prior to the earlier of (x) the third anniversary of the Closing Date and (y) the date on which the Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole or the Investor has transferred all of the Preferred Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates of the Investor, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall, without the consent of the Investor:

(i)           declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on the Common Stock (other than (A) regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared or, if lower, publicly announced an intention to declare, on the Common Stock prior to October 14, 2008, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction, (B) dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock and (C) dividends or distributions of rights or Junior Stock in connection with a stockholders' rights plan); or

(ii)           redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Company, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, other than (A) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of the Preferred Shares, (B) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock, in each case in this clause (B) in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount (as defined below) pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice; provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount, (C) purchases or other acquisitions by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Company solely for the purpose of market-making, stabilization or customer facilitation transactions in Junior Stock or Parity Stock in the ordinary course of its business, (D) purchases by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Company of capital stock of the Company for resale pursuant to an offering by the Company of such capital stock underwritten by such broker-dealer subsidiary, (E) any redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to any stockholders’ rights plan, (F) the acquisition by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Company or any other Company Subsidiary), including as trustees or custodians, and (G) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into
 
B - 31

 
 
other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock or trust preferred securities for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case set forth in this clause (G), solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock (clauses (C) and (F), collectively, the “ Permitted Repurchases ”). “ Share Dilution Amount ” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with GAAP, and as measured from the date of the Company’s most recently filed Company Financial Statements prior to the Closing Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

(b)           Until such time as the Investor ceases to own any Preferred Shares, the Company shall not repurchase any Preferred Shares from any holder thereof, whether by means of open market purchase, negotiated transaction, or otherwise, other than Permitted Repurchases, unless it offers to repurchase a ratable portion of the Preferred Shares then held by the Investor on the same terms and conditions.

(c)           “ Junior Stock ” means Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Company the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).

4.9            Repurchase of Investor Securities.

(a)           Following the redemption in whole of the Preferred Shares held by the Investor or the Transfer by the Investor of all of the Preferred Shares to one or more third parties not affiliated with the Investor, the Company may repurchase, in whole or in part, at any time any other equity securities of the Company purchased by the Investor pursuant to this Agreement or the Warrant and then held by the Investor, upon notice given as provided in clause (b) below, at the Fair Market Value of the equity security.
 
(b)           Notice of every repurchase of equity securities of the Company held by the Investor shall be given at the address and in the manner set forth for such party in Section 5.6. Each notice of repurchase given to the Investor shall state: (i) the number and type of securities to be repurchased, (ii) the Board of Director’s determination of Fair Market Value of such securities and (iii) the place or places where certificates representing such securities are to be surrendered for payment of the repurchase price. The repurchase of the securities specified in  the notice shall occur as soon as practicable following the determination of the Fair Market Value of the securities.

 
B - 32

 

(c)           As used in this Section 4.9, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i)           “ Appraisal Procedure ” means a procedure whereby two independent appraisers, one chosen by the Company and one by the Investor, shall mutually agree upon the Fair Market Value. Each party shall deliver a notice to the other appointing its appraiser within 10 days after the Appraisal Procedure is invoked. If within 30 days after appointment of the two appraisers they are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Value, a third independent appraiser shall be chosen within 10 days thereafter by the mutual consent of such first two appraisers. The decision of the third appraiser so appointed and chosen shall be given within 30 days after the selection of such third appraiser. If three appraisers shall be appointed and the determination of one appraiser is disparate from the middle determination by more than twice the amount by which the other determination is disparate from the middle determination, then the determination of such appraiser shall be excluded, the remaining two determinations shall be averaged and such average shall be binding and conclusive upon the Company and the Investor; otherwise, the average of all three determinations shall be binding upon the Company and the Investor. The costs of conducting any Appraisal Procedure shall be borne by the Company.

(ii)           “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any security, the fair market value of such security as determined by the Board of Directors, acting in good faith in reliance on an opinion of a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose and certified in a resolution to the Investor. If the Investor does not agree with the Board of Director's determination, it may object in writing within 10 days of receipt of the Board of Director’s determination. In the event of such an objection, an authorized representative of the Investor and the chief executive officer of the Company shall promptly meet to resolve the objection and to agree upon the Fair Market Value. If the chief executive officer and the authorized representative are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value during the 10-day period following the delivery of the Investor’s objection, the Appraisal Procedure may be invoked by either party to determine the Fair Market Value by delivery of a written notification thereof not later than the 30 th day after delivery of the Investor’s objection.

4.10            Executive Compensation. Until such time as the Investor ceases to own any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to this Agreement or the Warrant, the Company shall take all necessary action to ensure that its Benefit Plans with respect to its Senior Executive Officers comply in all respects with Section 111(b) of the EESA as implemented by any guidance or regulation thereunder that has been issued and is in effect as of the Closing Date, and shall not adopt any new Benefit Plan with respect to its Senior Executive Officers that does not comply therewith.   Senior Executive Officers ” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of the EESA and regulations issued thereunder, including the rules set forth in 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

 
B - 33

 
 
4.11            Bank and Thrift Holding Company Status . If the Company is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company on the Signing Date, then the Company shall maintain its status as a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, as the case may be, for as long as the Investor owns any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares. The Company shall redeem all Purchased Securities and Warrant Shares held by the Investor prior to terminating its status as a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company, as applicable. “ Bank Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve ”) pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Federal Reserve promulgated thereunder. “ Savings and Loan Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1467(a) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

4.12            Predominantly Financial . For as long as the Investor owns any Purchased Securities or Warrant Shares, the Company, to the extent it is not itself an insured depository institution, agrees to remain predominantly engaged in financial activities. A company is predominantly engaged in financial activities if the annual gross revenues derived by the company and all subsidiaries of the company (excluding revenues derived from subsidiary depository institutions), on a consolidated basis, from engaging in activities that are financial in nature or are incidental to a financial activity under subsection (k) of Section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)) represent at least 85 percent of the consolidated annual gross revenues of the company.

Article V
Miscellaneous

5.1            Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a)           by either the Investor or the Company if the Closing shall not have occurred by the 30 th calendar day following the Signing Date; provided , however , that in the event the Closing has not occurred by such 30 th calendar day, the parties will consult in good faith to determine whether to extend the term of this Agreement, it being understood that the parties shall be required to consult only until the fifth day after such 30 th calendar day and not be under any obligation to extend the term of this Agreement thereafter; provided , further , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 5.1(a) shall not be available to any party whose breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement shall have caused or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; or

(b)           by either the Investor or the Company in the event that any Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or

(c)           by the mutual written consent of the Investor and the Company.

 
 
B - 34

 

In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of either party hereto except that nothing herein shall relieve either party from liability for any breach of this Agreement.

5.2            Survival of Representations and Warranties . All covenants and agreements, other than those which by their terms apply in whole or in part after the Closing, shall terminate as of the Closing. The representations and warranties of the Company made herein or in any certificates delivered in connection with the Closing shall survive the Closing without limitation.

5.3            Amendment . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an officer or a duly authorized representative of each party; provided that the Investor may unilaterally amend any provision of this Agreement to the extent required to comply with any changes after the Signing Date in applicable federal statutes. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5.4            Waiver of Conditions . The conditions to each party's obligation to consummate the Purchase are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law. No waiver will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver.

5.5            Governing Law: Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the parties hereto agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia and the United States Court of Federal Claims for any and all civil actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon (i) the Company at the address and in the manner set forth for notices to the Company in Section 5.6 and (ii) the Investor in accordance with federal law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the parties hereto hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

5.6            Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices to the Company shall be delivered as set forth in Schedule A , or pursuant to such other instruction as may be designated in writing by the Company to the Investor. All notices to the Investor shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Investor to the Company.

 
B - 35

 
 
If to the Investor:

United States Department of the Treasury
1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Room 2312
Washington, D.C. 20220
Attention: Assistant General Counsel (Banking and Finance)
Facsimile: (202) 622-1974

5.7            Definitions

(a)           When a reference is made in this Agreement to a subsidiary of a person, the term “ subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (x) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (y) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof.

(b)           The term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

(c)           The terms “ knowledge of the Company ” or “ Company’s knowledge ” mean the actual knowledge after reasonable and due inquiry of the “ officers ” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-2 under the Exchange Act, but excluding any Vice President or Secretary) of the Company.

5.8            Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation nor liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempt to assign any right, remedy, obligation or liability hereunder without such consent shall be void, except (a) an assignment, in the case of a Business Combination where such party is not the surviving entity, or a sale of substantially all of its assets, to the entity which is the survivor of such Business Combination or the purchaser in such sale and (b) as provided in Section 4.5.

 
B - 36

 
 
5.9            Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the Warrant, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, will remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

5.10            No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Company and the Investor any benefit, right or remedies, except that the provisions of Section 4.5 shall inure to the benefit of the persons referred to in that Section.


* * *
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
B - 37

 

ANNEX A

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS


Annex A to Securities Purchase Agreement was filed as Exhibit 3.1(i) to Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Premier on October 2, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
B - 38

 
 
ANNEX B

FORM OF WAIVER


In consideration for the benefits I will receive as a result of my employer's participation in the United States Department of the Treasury's TARP Capital Purchase Program, I hereby voluntarily waive any claim against the United States or my employer for any changes to my compensation or benefits that are required to comply with the regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

I acknowledge that this regulation may require modification of the compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements, policies and agreements (including so-called “golden parachute” agreements) that I have with my employer or in which I participate as they relate to the period the United States holds any equity or debt securities of my employer acquired through the TARP Capital Purchase Program.

This waiver includes all claims I may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by the aforementioned regulation, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments I would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which this regulation was adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of these regulations on my employment relationship.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
B - 39

 

ANNEX C
FORM OF OPINION

(a)           The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation.

(b)           The Preferred Shares have been duly and validly authorized, and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Agreement, the Preferred Shares will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, will not be issued in violation of any preemptive rights, and will rank pari passu with or senior to all other series or classes of Preferred Stock issued on the Closing Date with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

(c)           The Warrant has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered as contemplated by the Agreement, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity.

(d)           The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrant and when so issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable [ insert, if applicable: , subject to the approvals of the Company's stockholders set forth on Schedule C ].

(e)           The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement and the Warrant and [ insert, if applicable:   , subject to the approvals of the Company’s stockholders set forth on Schedule C ,] to carry out its obligations thereunder (which includes the issuance of the Preferred Shares, Warrant and Warrant Shares).

(f)           The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and its stockholders, and no further approval or authorization is required on the part of the Company [ insert, if applicable: , subject, in each case, to the approvals of the Company's stockholders set forth on Schedule C ].

(g)           The Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity; provided , however , such counsel need express no opinion with respect to Section 4.5(g) or the severability provisions of the Agreement insofar as Section 4.5(g) is concerned.

 
B - 40

 

ANNEX D

FORM OF WARRANT

Annex D to Securities Purchase Agreement is included as Exhibit 4.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

















 

 
B - 41

 

SCHEDULE A

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Company Information :

Name of the Company:  Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.

Corporate or other organizational form:  Corporation

Jurisdiction of Organization:  Kentucky

Appropriate Federal Banking Agency:  Federal Reserve Board

Notice Information:       Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.
2883 Fifth Avenue
Huntington, WV 25702
Terms of the Purchase:

Series of Preferred Stock Purchased:
Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A

Per Share Liquidation Preference of Preferred Stock:  $1,000

Number of Shares of Preferred Stock Purchased:  22,252

Dividend Payment Dates on the Preferred Stock:
February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year
 
Number of Initial Warrant Shares:  628,588

Exercise Price of the Warrant:  $5.31

Purchase Price:  $22,252,000

Closing:

Location of Closing:   Hughes, Hubbard & Reed, LLP
             One Battery Park Plaza, New York, NY 10004
Time of Closing:   9:00 a.m. EST

Date of Closing: October 2, 2009

Wire Information for Closing: 

 
B - 42

 

SCHEDULE B

CAPITALIZATION


Capitalization Date:  September 30, 2009


Common Stock

Par value:  No par value

Total Authorized:  20,000,000

Outstanding:  7,937,871 1

Subject to warrants, options, convertible
securities, etc.:  221,046 2

Reserved for benefit plans and other
issuances:  494,331 (employee stock options)

Remaining authorized but unissued: 11,346,752

Shares issued after Capitalization Date
(other than pursuant to warrants, options,
convertible securities, etc. as set forth above):  -0-

Preferred Stock

Par value:  No par value

Total Authorized:  1,000,000

Outstanding (by series):  None

Reserved for issuance:  None

Remaining authorized but unissued:  1,000,000

 




 
1    Consists of 6,392,772 Premier shares outstanding and 1,545,099 shares to be issued to shareholders of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (“Adams”) at effective time of merger, 12:01 a.m. on October 1, 2009.
 
2   217,449 to Premier optionees and 3,597 to Adams optionees.  Does not include 628,588 subject to Warrant.

 
B - 43

 

SCHEDULE C

REQUIRED STOCKHOLDER APPROVALS

Required 3                                            % Vote Required

Warrants -- Common Stock Issuance

Charter Amendment

Stock Exchange Rules


If no stockholder approvals are required, please so indicate by checking the box:  x

 
 
 
 

 

 


 
3    If stockholder approval is required, indicate applicable class/series of capital stock that are required to vote.

 
B - 44

 

SCHEDULE D

LITIGATION

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in Section 2.2(1) of the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms.





If none, please so indicate by checking the box:    x


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
B - 45

 

SCHEDULE E

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in the second sentence of Section 2.2(m) of the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms.

See Schedule F








If none, please so indicate by checking the box:    o





 
B - 46

 

SCHEDULE F

REGULATORY AGREEMENTS


List any exceptions to the representation and warranty in Section 2.2(s) of the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms.

The Company plans to complete the acquisition of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (“Adams”) on September 30, 2009.  On October 1, 2008, Adams’ wholly owned subsidiary The Adams National Bank entered into a written agreement with The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, its primary regulator.  Under the terms of the written agreement, The Adams National Bank has agreed to take certain actions relating to its lending operations and capital compliance.  A copy of the Written Agreement is attached.





If none, please so indicate by checking the box:    o

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

B - 47


Exhibit 10.2(a)


September 22, 2009
Robert W. Walker
President and Chief Executive Officer
Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.
2883 Fifth Avenue
Huntington, WV 25702


Dear Bob,

Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) anticipates entering into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”), with the United States Department of Treasury (“ Treasury ”) that provides for the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ CPP ”).  If the Company does not participate or ceases at any time to participate in the CPP, this letter shall be of no further force and effect.

For the Company to participate in the CPP and as a condition to the closing of the investment contemplated by the Participation Agreement, the Company is required to establish specified standards for incentive compensation to its senior executive officers and to make changes to its compensation arrangements.  To comply with these requirements, and in consideration of the benefits that you will receive as a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, you agree as follows:

 
(1)
No Golden Parachute Payments .  The Company is prohibiting any golden parachute payment to you during any “CPP Covered Period”.  A “ CPP Covered Period ” is any period during which (A) you are a senior executive officer and (B) Treasury holds an equity or debt position acquired from the Company in the CPP.

 
(2)
Recovery of Bonus and Incentive Compensation .  Any bonus and incentive compensation paid to you during a CPP Covered Period is subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria.

 
(3)
Compensation Program Amendments .  Each of the Company’s compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to you is hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to provisions (1) and (2).

 
In addition, the Company is required to review its Benefit Plans to ensure that they do not encourage senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company.  To the extent any such review requires revisions to any Benefit Plan with respect to you, you and the Company agree to negotiate such changes promptly and in good faith.

 
 

 
 
 
(4)
Definitions and Interpretation .  This letter shall be interpreted as follows:

 
·
“ARRA” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury from time to time, including, without limitation, by 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

 
·
“Senior executive officer” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“Golden parachute payment” is used with same meaning as in Section 111(b)(2)(C) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“EESA” means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury and as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

 
·
The term “Company” includes any entities treated as a single employer with the Company under 31C.F.R. § 30.1(b) (as in effect on the Closing Date).  You are also delivering a waiver pursuant to the Participation Agreement, and, as between the Company and you, the term “employer” in that waiver will be deemed to mean the Company as used in this letter.

 
·
The term “CPP Covered Period” shall be limited by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with, 31 C.F.R. §30.11 (as in effect on the Closing Date).

 
·
Provisions (1) and (2) of this letter are intended to, and will be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and with ARRA (and, to the maximum extent consistent with the preceding, to permit operation of the Benefit Plans in accordance with their terms before giving effect to this letter).

 
(5)
Miscellaneous.  To the extent not subject to federal law, this letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of West Virginia.  This letter may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original.  A signature transmitted by facsimile will be deemed an original signature.

The Board appreciates the concessions you are making and looks forward to your continued leadership during these financially turbulent times.


 
 

 

Yours sincerely,

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.


By: _/s/ Robert W. Walker___________
Name:  Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Intending to be legally bound, I agree with and
accept the foregoing terms on the date set forth
below.


_/s/ Robert W. Walker_________________
Robert W. Walker

Date:  September 22, 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 10.2(b)
 

 
September 22, 2009
Brien M. Chase
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.
2883 Fifth Avenue
Huntington, WV 25702


Dear Brien,

Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) anticipates entering into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”), with the United States Department of Treasury (“ Treasury ”) that provides for the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ CPP ”).  If the Company does not participate or ceases at any time to participate in the CPP, this letter shall be of no further force and effect.

For the Company to participate in the CPP and as a condition to the closing of the investment contemplated by the Participation Agreement, the Company is required to establish specified standards for incentive compensation to its senior executive officers and to make changes to its compensation arrangements.  To comply with these requirements, and in consideration of the benefits that you will receive as a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, you agree as follows:

 
(1)
No Golden Parachute Payments .  The Company is prohibiting any golden parachute payment to you during any “CPP Covered Period”.  A “ CPP Covered Period ” is any period during which (A) you are a senior executive officer and (B) Treasury holds an equity or debt position acquired from the Company in the CPP.

 
(2)
Recovery of Bonus and Incentive Compensation .  Any bonus and incentive compensation paid to you during a CPP Covered Period is subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria.

 
(3)
Compensation Program Amendments .  Each of the Company’s compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to you is hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to provisions (1) and (2).

 
In addition, the Company is required to review its Benefit Plans to ensure that they do not encourage senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company.  To the extent any such review requires revisions to any Benefit Plan with respect to you, you and the Company agree to negotiate such changes promptly and in good faith.
 
 
 

 

 
 
(4)
Definitions and Interpretation .  This letter shall be interpreted as follows:

 
·
“ARRA” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury from time to time, including, without limitation, by 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

 
·
“Senior executive officer” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“Golden parachute payment” is used with same meaning as in Section 111(b)(2)(C) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“EESA” means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury and as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

 
·
The term “Company” includes any entities treated as a single employer with the Company under 31C.F.R. § 30.1(b) (as in effect on the Closing Date).  You are also delivering a waiver pursuant to the Participation Agreement, and, as between the Company and you, the term “employer” in that waiver will be deemed to mean the Company as used in this letter.

 
·
The term “CPP Covered Period” shall be limited by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with, 31 C.F.R. §30.11 (as in effect on the Closing Date).

 
·
Provisions (1) and (2) of this letter are intended to, and will be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and with ARRA (and, to the maximum extent consistent with the preceding, to permit operation of the Benefit Plans in accordance with their terms before giving effect to this letter).

 
(5)
Miscellaneous.  To the extent not subject to federal law, this letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of West Virginia.  This letter may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original.  A signature transmitted by facsimile will be deemed an original signature.

The Board appreciates the concessions you are making and looks forward to your continued leadership during these financially turbulent times.


 
 

 

 
Yours sincerely,

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.

 
By: _/s/ Robert W. Walker___________
Name:  Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Intending to be legally bound, I agree with and
accept the foregoing terms on the date set forth
below.


_/s/ Brien M. Chase____________________
Brien M. Chase

Date:  September 22, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 10.2(c)


September 25, 2009
Dennis J. Klingensmith
Senior Vice President
Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc.
c/o First Central Bank
14 North Locust Street
Buckhannon, WV 26201


Dear Denny,

Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) anticipates entering into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”), with the United States Department of Treasury (“ Treasury ”) that provides for the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ CPP ”).  If the Company does not participate or ceases at any time to participate in the CPP, this letter shall be of no further force and effect.

For the Company to participate in the CPP and as a condition to the closing of the investment contemplated by the Participation Agreement, the Company is required to establish specified standards for incentive compensation to its senior executive officers and to make changes to its compensation arrangements.  To comply with these requirements, and in consideration of the benefits that you will receive as a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, you agree as follows:

 
(1)
No Golden Parachute Payments .  The Company is prohibiting any golden parachute payment to you during any “CPP Covered Period”.  A “ CPP Covered Period ” is any period during which (A) you are a senior executive officer and (B) Treasury holds an equity or debt position acquired from the Company in the CPP.

 
(2)
Recovery of Bonus and Incentive Compensation .  Any bonus and incentive compensation paid to you during a CPP Covered Period is subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria.

 
(3)
Compensation Program Amendments .  Each of the Company’s compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to you is hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to provisions (1) and (2).

 
In addition, the Company is required to review its Benefit Plans to ensure that they do not encourage senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company.  To the extent any such review requires revisions to any Benefit Plan with respect to you, you and the Company agree to negotiate such changes promptly and in good faith.
 
 
 

 
 
 
(4)
Definitions and Interpretation .  This letter shall be interpreted as follows:

 
·
“ARRA” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury from time to time, including, without limitation, by 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

 
·
“Senior executive officer” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“Golden parachute payment” is used with same meaning as in Section 111(b)(2)(C) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“EESA” means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury and as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

 
·
The term “Company” includes any entities treated as a single employer with the Company under 31C.F.R. § 30.1(b) (as in effect on the Closing Date).  You are also delivering a waiver pursuant to the Participation Agreement, and, as between the Company and you, the term “employer” in that waiver will be deemed to mean the Company as used in this letter.

 
·
The term “CPP Covered Period” shall be limited by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with, 31 C.F.R. §30.11 (as in effect on the Closing Date).

 
·
Provisions (1) and (2) of this letter are intended to, and will be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and with ARRA (and, to the maximum extent consistent with the preceding, to permit operation of the Benefit Plans in accordance with their terms before giving effect to this letter).

 
(5)
Miscellaneous.  To the extent not subject to federal law, this letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of West Virginia.  This letter may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original.  A signature transmitted by facsimile will be deemed an original signature.

The Board appreciates the concessions you are making and looks forward to your continued leadership during these financially turbulent times.


 
 

 

Yours sincerely,

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.


By: _/s/ Robert W. Walker___________
Name:  Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Intending to be legally bound, I agree with and
accept the foregoing terms on the date set forth
below.


_/s/ Dennis J. Klingensmith_______________
Dennis J. Klingensmith

Date:  September 25, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2(d)
 

September 25, 2009
Michael R. Mineer
President and Chief Executive Officer
Citizens Deposit Bank & Trust
10 2 nd Street
Vanceburg, Kentucky  41179


Dear Mike,

Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) anticipates entering into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”), with the United States Department of Treasury (“ Treasury ”) that provides for the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ CPP ”).  If the Company does not participate or ceases at any time to participate in the CPP, this letter shall be of no further force and effect.

For the Company to participate in the CPP and as a condition to the closing of the investment contemplated by the Participation Agreement, the Company is required to establish specified standards for incentive compensation to its senior executive officers and to make changes to its compensation arrangements.  To comply with these requirements, and in consideration of the benefits that you will receive as a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, you agree as follows:

 
(1)
No Golden Parachute Payments .  The Company is prohibiting any golden parachute payment to you during any “CPP Covered Period”.  A “ CPP Covered Period ” is any period during which (A) you are a senior executive officer and (B) Treasury holds an equity or debt position acquired from the Company in the CPP.

 
(2)
Recovery of Bonus and Incentive Compensation .  Any bonus and incentive compensation paid to you during a CPP Covered Period is subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria.

 
(3)
Compensation Program Amendments .  Each of the Company’s compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to you is hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to provisions (1) and (2).

 
In addition, the Company is required to review its Benefit Plans to ensure that they do not encourage senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company.  To the extent any such review requires revisions to any Benefit Plan with respect to you, you and the Company agree to negotiate such changes promptly and in good faith.
 
 
 

 

 
 
(4)
Definitions and Interpretation .  This letter shall be interpreted as follows:

 
·
“ARRA” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury from time to time, including, without limitation, by 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

 
·
“Senior executive officer” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“Golden parachute payment” is used with same meaning as in Section 111(b)(2)(C) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“EESA” means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury and as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

 
·
The term “Company” includes any entities treated as a single employer with the Company under 31C.F.R. § 30.1(b) (as in effect on the Closing Date).  You are also delivering a waiver pursuant to the Participation Agreement, and, as between the Company and you, the term “employer” in that waiver will be deemed to mean the Company as used in this letter.

 
·
The term “CPP Covered Period” shall be limited by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with, 31 C.F.R. §30.11 (as in effect on the Closing Date).

 
·
Provisions (1) and (2) of this letter are intended to, and will be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and with ARRA (and, to the maximum extent consistent with the preceding, to permit operation of the Benefit Plans in accordance with their terms before giving effect to this letter).

 
(5)
Miscellaneous.  To the extent not subject to federal law, this letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of West Virginia.  This letter may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original.  A signature transmitted by facsimile will be deemed an original signature.

The Board appreciates the concessions you are making and looks forward to your continued leadership during these financially turbulent times.


 
 

 

Yours sincerely,

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.


By: _/s/ Robert W. Walker___________
Name:  Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Intending to be legally bound, I agree with and
accept the foregoing terms on the date set forth
below.


_/s/ Michael R. Mineer__________________
Michael R. Mineer

Date:  September 25, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 10.2(e)
 

September 22, 2009
Duane K. Bickings
President and Chief Executive Officer
The Adams National Bank
1130 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 200
Washington, DC 20036


Dear Duane,

Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) anticipates entering into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Participation Agreement ”), with the United States Department of Treasury (“ Treasury ”) that provides for the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “ CPP ”).  If the Company does not participate or ceases at any time to participate in the CPP, this letter shall be of no further force and effect.

For the Company to participate in the CPP and as a condition to the closing of the investment contemplated by the Participation Agreement, the Company is required to establish specified standards for incentive compensation to its senior executive officers and to make changes to its compensation arrangements.  To comply with these requirements, and in consideration of the benefits that you will receive as a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, you agree as follows:

 
(1)
No Golden Parachute Payments .  The Company is prohibiting any golden parachute payment to you during any “CPP Covered Period”.  A “ CPP Covered Period ” is any period during which (A) you are a senior executive officer and (B) Treasury holds an equity or debt position acquired from the Company in the CPP.

 
(2)
Recovery of Bonus and Incentive Compensation .  Any bonus and incentive compensation paid to you during a CPP Covered Period is subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria.

 
(3)
Compensation Program Amendments .  Each of the Company’s compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements (including golden parachute, severance and employment agreements) (collectively, “ Benefit Plans ”) with respect to you is hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to provisions (1) and (2).

 
In addition, the Company is required to review its Benefit Plans to ensure that they do not encourage senior executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company.  To the extent any such review requires revisions to any Benefit Plan with respect to you, you and the Company agree to negotiate such changes promptly and in good faith.
 
 
 

 

 
 
(4)
Definitions and Interpretation .  This letter shall be interpreted as follows:

 
·
“ARRA” means the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury from time to time, including, without limitation, by 31 C.F.R. Part 30.

 
·
“Senior executive officer” means the Company’s “senior executive officers” as defined in subsection 111(b)(3) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“Golden parachute payment” is used with same meaning as in Section 111(b)(2)(C) of EESA (as modified by ARRA).

 
·
“EESA” means the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 as implemented by guidance or regulation issued by the Department of the Treasury and as published in the Federal Register on October 20, 2008.

 
·
The term “Company” includes any entities treated as a single employer with the Company under 31C.F.R. § 30.1(b) (as in effect on the Closing Date).  You are also delivering a waiver pursuant to the Participation Agreement, and, as between the Company and you, the term “employer” in that waiver will be deemed to mean the Company as used in this letter.

 
·
The term “CPP Covered Period” shall be limited by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with, 31 C.F.R. §30.11 (as in effect on the Closing Date).

 
·
Provisions (1) and (2) of this letter are intended to, and will be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 111 of EESA and with ARRA (and, to the maximum extent consistent with the preceding, to permit operation of the Benefit Plans in accordance with their terms before giving effect to this letter).

 
(5)
Miscellaneous.  To the extent not subject to federal law, this letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of West Virginia.  This letter may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original.  A signature transmitted by facsimile will be deemed an original signature.

The Board appreciates the concessions you are making and looks forward to your continued leadership during these financially turbulent times.


{H0514679.1 }
 

 
 

 

Yours sincerely,

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC.


By: _/s/ Robert W. Walker___________
Name:  Robert W. Walker
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


Intending to be legally bound, I agree with and
accept the foregoing terms on the date set forth
below.


_/s/ Duane K. Bickings__________________
Duane K. Bickings

Date:  September 22, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
EXHIBIT 99.1
 
 NEWS FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
  CONTACT:
  BRIEN M. CHASE, CFO
  OCTOBER 1, 2009
 
  304-525-1600
 
 
PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP ANNOUNCES
CONSUMMATION OF ABIGAIL ADAMS MERGER

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC. (PREMIER), HUNTINGTON, WEST VIRGINIA (NASDAQ/GMS-PFBI) , a $734 million community bank holding company with six bank subsidiaries announced today that the merger of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, (Adams), a $382 million bank holding company headquartered in Washington, DC (NASDAQ/GM-AANB) was consummated effective 12:01 am on October 1, 2009.

Under the terms of the merger agreement Premier will issue 0.4461 shares of its common stock for each share of Adams common stock in a 100% stock exchange.  Adams is parent company to two subsidiary banks, The Adams National Bank, headquartered in Washington, DC and Consolidated Bank and Trust Company, headquartered in Richmond, Virginia.

Premier’s President and CEO Robert W. Walker commented “Today certainly marks the beginning of a new chapter in our company’s history, one that we look forward to eagerly.  I extend my congratulations to all of the talented staff of both organizations that have worked very hard behind the scenes to bring this merger to a close.  Now we face the challenge of integrating the processes of our combined organization which we believe will bring additional value to our customers and in turn to our shareholders.”

Other conditions precedent to completing the merger included final approval for Premier’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program subject to satisfaction of standard closing conditions and the execution of definitive agreements and closing documents.  The amount to be received by Premier was confirmed by the U.S Treasury Department this week with an anticipated closing scheduled for October 2, 2009.

Certain Statements contained in this news release, including without limitation statements including the word “believes,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “expects” or words of similar import, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of Premier to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements of Premier expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.  Such factors include, among others, general economic and business conditions, changes in business strategy or development plans and other factors referenced in this press release.  Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Premier disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments.
 
 
 

 

 
EXHIBIT 99.2
 
 
 
 NEWS FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
  CONTACT:
  BRIEN M. CHASE, CFO
  OCTOBER 6, 2009
 
  304-525-1600

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP ANNOUNCES
RECEIPT OF $22 MILLION FROM
U.S. TREASURY CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM

PREMIER FINANCIAL BANCORP, INC. (PREMIER), HUNTINGTON, WEST VIRGINIA (NASDAQ/GMS-PFBI) , a $1.1 billion community bank holding company with eight bank subsidiaries announced today that the company received $22,252,000 of new equity capital funding from the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program.  Under the Capital Purchase Program, which is part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act, the Treasury Department has agreed to buy preferred stock and related common warrants in qualifying U.S. controlled banks, savings associations, and certain bank and savings and loan holding companies engaged only in financial activities.

On October 2, 2009, Premier issued and sold to the United States Department of the U.S. Treasury 22,252 of Premier’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A, each without par value and having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Shares”) and a ten-year warrant to purchase 628,588 Premier common shares, each without par value, at an exercise price of $5.31 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $22,252,000 in cash.  The Series A Preferred Shares will pay an annual dividend of 5% during the first five years and 9% each year thereafter, unless redeemed by Premier.

Premier’s President and CEO Robert W. Walker commented “We are pleased with the approval by the U.S. Treasury to enable Premier to participate in the Capital Purchase Program on a pro forma basis with our recent acquisition of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.  These funds will help to strengthen the organization and our lending programs.”

On October 1, 2009, Premier announced the consummation of its acquisition of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc., (“Adams”) a $382 million bank holding company headquartered in Washington, DC.  Under the terms of the merger agreement Premier will issue 0.4461 shares of its common stock for each share of Adams common stock in a 100% stock exchange.  Adams is parent company to two subsidiary banks, The Adams National Bank, headquartered in Washington, DC and Consolidated Bank and Trust Company, headquartered in Richmond, Virginia.

Certain Statements contained in this news release, including without limitation statements including the word “believes,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “expects” or words of similar import, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of Premier to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements of Premier expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.  Such factors include, among others, general economic and business conditions, changes in business strategy or development plans and other factors referenced in this press release.  Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Premier disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments.
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 99.3















ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.


INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
June 30, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 


 
C - 1

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
June 30, 2009 (unaudited) and December 31, 2008
(Dollars in thousands)
   
June 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
Assets
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 11,443     $ 14,166  
Federal funds sold
    3,900       6,722  
Interest-earning deposits in other banks
    268       2,659  
     Total cash and cash equivalents
    15,611       23,547  
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value
    59,399       62,814  
Investment securities held-to-maturity (market values of $9,098 and $3,226 for 2009 and 2008 respectively)
    9,044       3,175  
Loans
    289,241       324,764  
Less: allowance for loan losses
    (13,543 )     (12,514 )
Loans, net
    275,698       312,250  
Premises and equipment, net
    4,767       4,994  
Other assets
    17,422       16,901  
Total assets
  $ 381,941     $ 423,681  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 57,701     $ 67,193  
Interest-bearing deposits
    246,020       279,768  
Total deposits
    303,721       346,961  
Short-term borrowings
    27,226       24,477  
Long-term debt
    26,432       26,132  
Other liabilities
    1,575       1,830  
Total liabilities
    358,954       399,400  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 2)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued 3,492,633 shares in 2009 and 2008; outstanding 3,463,569 shares in 2009 and 2008
    35       35  
Additional paid-in capital
    25,132       25,132  
Retained earnings (deficit)
    (437 )     551  
Less: Treasury stock, 29,064 shares in 2009 and 2008, at cost
    (255 )     (255 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (1,488 )     (1,182 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    22,987       24,281  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 381,941     $ 423,681  
                 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
C - 2

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Periods Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
(In thousands except per share data)

   
For the three months ended
   
For the six months ended
 
   
June 30,
   
June 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Interest Income
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 3,957     $ 5,523     $ 8,186     $ 11,056  
Interest and dividends on investment securities
    757       940       1,559       1,903  
Other interest income
    9       61       13       270  
Total interest income
    4,723       6,524       9,758       13,229  
Interest Expense
                               
Interest on deposits
    1,153       2,159       2,612       4,779  
Interest on short-term borrowings
    31       108       74       171  
Interest on long-term debt
    330       179       592       361  
Total interest expense
    1,514       2,446       3,278       5,311  
Net interest income
    3,209       4,078       6,480       7,918  
Provision for loan losses
    165       970       1,130       1,075  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    3,044       3,108       5,350       6,843  
Noninterest Income
                               
Service charges on deposit accounts
    342       334       680       666  
Other-than-temporary impairment losses
    (10 )     --       (31 )     --  
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income
    --       --       --       --  
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    (10 )     --       (31 )     --  
Other income
    79       83       132       158  
Total noninterest income
    411       417       781       824  
Noninterest Expense
                               
Salaries and employee benefits
    1,610       1,651       3,393       3,343  
Occupancy and equipment expense
    571       576       1,144       1,186  
Professional fees
    338       122       747       287  
Data processing fees
    199       220       414       397  
Other operating expense
    1,133       852       2,171       1,431  
Total noninterest expense
    3,851       3,421       7,869       6,644  
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes
    (396 )     104       (1,738 )     1,023  
Income tax (benefit) provision
    (196 )     21       (733 )     376  
Net (loss) income
  $ (200 )   $ 83     $ (1,005 )   $ 647  
                                 
Earnings per share:
                               
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.06 )   $ 0.02     $ (0.29 )   $ 0.19  
                                 
                                 
See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                         

 
C - 3

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2009
(In thousands except per share data))
   
Common
Stock
   
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   
Retained
Earnings (Deficit)
   
Treasury
Stock
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 35     $ 25,127     $ 7,196     $ (255 )   $ (664 )   $ 31,439  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
3
Net income
    --       --       647       --       --       647  
Unrealized losses during the period of $855 on investment  securities available-for-sale, net of tax benefit of $340
    --       --       --       --       (515 )     (515 )
Total comprehensive income
                                            132  
Issuance of shares under stock option program
    --       5       --       --       --       5  
Dividends declared ($0.25 per share)
    --       --       (866 )     --       --       (866 )
Balance at June 30, 2008
  $ 35     $ 25,132     $ 6,977     $ (255 )   $ (1,179 )   $ 30,710  
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 35     $ 25,132     $ 551     $ (255 )   $ (1,182 )   $ 24,281  
Cumulative adjustment for accounting change-Reclassification for noncredit component of other-than-temporary impairment on corporate debt securities of $29, net of tax of $12
    --       --       17       --       (17 )     --  
Comprehensive loss:
                                               
3
Net loss
    --       --       (1,005 )     --       --       (1,005 )
Unrealized losses during the period of $549 on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax benefit of $243
    --       --       --       --       (306 )     (306 )
Reclassification adjustment for OTTI on investment securities available-for-sale of $31 net of tax benefit of $14
    --       --       --       --       17       17  
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (1,294 )
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 35     $ 25,132     $ (437 )   $ (255 )   $ (1,488 )   $ 22,987  
                                                 
                                                 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 
C - 4

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
(In thousands)
   
2009
   
2008
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net (loss) income
  $ (1,005 )   $ 647  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Provision for loan losses
    1,130       1,075  
Depreciation
    295       304  
Net (accretion) amortization of deferred loan costs and fees
    (18 )     35  
Accretion of purchase accounting adjustments
    (53 )     (63 )
Gain on sale of guaranteed portion of SBA loans
    --       (38 )
Net (accretion) amortization of discounts/premiums on investment securities
    (12 )     7  
Other-than-temporary impairment of available-for-sale securities
    31       --  
Other real estate owned valuation adjustments
    514       --  
Increase in other assets
    (117 )     (340 )
Decrease in other liabilities
    (254 )     (630 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    511       997  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available-for-sale
    13,000       28,500  
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity
    22,000       11,500  
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    1,615       921  
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    129       431  
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale
    (33,706 )     (34,882 )
Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity
    (6,000 )     (2,011 )
Purchase of FHLB and FRB stock
    (2,471 )     (3,238 )
Redemption of FHLB stock
    2,136       2,744  
Net decrease (increase) in loans
    35,411       (31,984 )
Purchase of collateral and build out cost of foreclosed assets
    (302 )     (509 )
Purchase of premises and equipment, net
    (68 )     (497 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    31,744       (29,025 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net decrease in transaction and savings deposits
    (22,722 )     (28,211 )
Net (decrease) increase in time deposits
    (20,518 )     10,097  
Net increase in short-term borrowings
    2,749       19,013  
Proceeds from long-term debt
    300       7,210  
Repayment of long-term debt
    --       (5,042 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in stock option program
    --       5  
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders
    --       (866 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (40,191 )     2,206  
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (7,936 )     (25,822 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    23,547       48,763  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 15,611     $ 22,941  
                 
Supplementary disclosures:
               
Interest paid on deposits and borrowings
  $ 3,329     $ 5,413  
Income taxes paid
  $ --     $ 910  
Non-cash transfer of loans to foreclosed assets
  $ 82       --  
 
               
See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 
C - 5

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1   Basis of Presentation and Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is the parent company of The Adams National Bank (“ANB”) and Consolidated Bank and Trust (“CB&T”). As used herein, the term Company includes ANB and CB&T, unless the context otherwise requires.

The Company prepares its condensed consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information, the instructions for Form 10-Q, and Regulation S-X. The accompanying financial statements are unaudited except for the balance sheet at December 31, 2008, which was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of that date. The unaudited information furnished herein reflects all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. These statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included with the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders, since they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 (unaudited) are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2009. Certain reclassifications may have been made to amounts previously reported for 2008 to conform with the 2009 presentation.

On April 9, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (“FSP FAS 115-2”).  FSP FAS 115-2 provides new guidance on the recognition and presentation of an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) and requires additional disclosures.  The recognition provisions within FSP FAS 115-2 apply only to debt securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, while the presentation and disclosure requirements of FSP FAS 115-2 apply to both debt and equity securities.  An impaired debt security will be considered other-than-temporarily impaired if we have the intent to sell or if it is more likely than not we will be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost, which may be at maturity.  If we do not expect recovery of the entire cost basis, even if we have no intention to sell the security, it will be considered an OTTI as well.  In this situation FSP FAS 115-2 requires us to recognize OTTI by separating the loss between the amount representing the credit loss and the amount relating to other factors.  Credit losses will be recognized in net income (loss),  and losses relating to other factors will be recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”).  FSP FAS 115-2 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  FSP FAS 115-2 requires a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated OCI.  We adopted FSP FAS 115-2 effective April 1, 2009.  The cumulative change in accounting principle from adopting this guidance resulted in a net $17,000 increase to retained earnings and a corresponding decrease to accumulated OCI.  The required disclosures related to FSP FAS 115-2 are included in Note 7 – Securities.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB Opinion 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instrument   (FSP FAS 107-1).  FSP FAS 107-1 requires expanded disclosures for all financial instruments as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 107 such as loans that are not measured at fair value through earnings.  The expanded disclosure requirements for FSP FAS 107-1 are effective for the interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009.  The adoption of FSP FAS 107-1 did not impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  The required disclosures related to this FSP are included in Note 10-Fair Value Disclosure.

 
C - 6

 
 
On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (FSP FAS 157-4).  FSP No. FAS 147-4 provides a list of factors that a reporting entity should evaluate to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability.  When the reporting entity concludes there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, further analysis of the information from that market is needed and significant adjustments to the related prices may be necessary to estimate fair value in accordance with FSP FAS 157-4.  This FSP clarifies that when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, some transactions may not be orderly.  In those situations, the entity must evaluate the weight of the evidence to determine whether the transaction is orderly.  The FSP provides a list of circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly.  A transaction price that is not associated with an orderly transaction is given little, if any, weight when estimating fair value.  Adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, Subsequent Events.   This Statement establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued (i.e., complete in a form and format that complies with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and approved for issuance).  However, SFAS No. 165 does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are within the scope of other applicable GAAP that provide different guidance on the accounting treatment for subsequent events or transactions.  There are two types of subsequent events to be evaluated under this SFAS:

Recognized subsequent events- An entity must recognize in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing financial statements.

Non-recognized subsequent events- An entity must not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but that arose after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.  Some non-recognized subsequent events may be of such a nature that they must be disclosed to keep the financial statements from being misleading.  For such events, an entity must disclose the nature of the event and an estimate of its financial effect or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made.

SFAS No. 165 also requires that disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date- that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued.  This SFAS applies to both interim financial statements and annual financial statements and is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, and should be applied prospectively.  The adoption of SFAS No. 165 did not impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  For required disclosures see Note 11- Subsequent Events.


Note 2   Contingent Liabilities
In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. No material losses are anticipated as a result of these transactions. There were no material changes since December 31, 2008.


Note 3   Written Agreement
On October 1, 2008, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, The Adams National Bank (“ANB”), entered into a Written Agreement with its primary regulator, The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).  The Written Agreement was filed with the SEC as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 2, 2008. Under the terms of the Written Agreement, ANB has agreed to take certain actions relating to its lending operations and capital compliance.  Specifically, the OCC is requiring ANB to take the following actions:

a)      conduct a review of senior management to ensure that these individuals can perform the duties required under ANB’s policies and procedures and the requirements of the Written Agreement, and where necessary, ANB must provide a written program to address the training of it’s senior officers;

b)      achieve certain regulatory capital levels, which are greater than the regulatory requirements to be “well capitalized” under bank regulatory requirements.  In particular, ANB must achieve a: 12% total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio; 11% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio; and 9% Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets ratio;

c)      develop and implement a three-year capital program;

 
C - 7

 
 
d)      make additions to the allowances for loan and lease losses and adopt and implement written policies and procedures for establishing and maintaining the allowance in a manner consistent with the Written Agreement;

e)      adopt and implement an asset diversification program consistent with OCC guidelines and to perform an analysis of any concentrations of credit;

f)      take all necessary actions to protect ANB’s interest in criticized assets, adopt and implement a program to eliminate regulatory criticism of these assets, engage in an ongoing review of criticized assets and develop and implement procedures for the effective monitoring of the loan portfolio;

g)      hire an independent appraiser to provide a written or updated appraisal of certain assets;

h)      develop and implement a program to improve the management of the loan portfolio and to provide the Board with monthly written reports on credit quality;

i)      employ a loan review consultant acceptable to the OCC to perform a quarterly quality review of ANB’s assets;

j)      revise the lending policy in accordance with OCC requirements; and

k)      maintain acceptable liquidity levels.

The Written Agreement includes time frames to implement the foregoing and on-going compliance requirements for ANB, including requirements to report to the OCC.  The Written Agreement also requires ANB to establish a committee of the Board of Directors which will be responsible for overseeing compliance with the Written Agreement.  ANB has taken steps to comply with the requirements of the Written Agreement and based on management’s knowledge at June 30, 2009, ANB is operating in compliance with the requirements of the Written Agreement.


Note 4   Operational Developments
In the second half of 2008, several events occurred that could had an adverse impact on our ongoing operations.  On October 1, 2008, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, ANB, entered into a Written Agreement (see note 3) with its primary regulator, The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).  Under the agreement, ANB is required to achieve and maintain significantly higher capital ratio levels.  In order for ANB to comply with these increased capital ratio requirements, the Company obtained $7.7 million in borrowings and provided a capital infusion into ANB during the fourth quarter of 2008. However, at December 31, 2008, ANB did not maintain the higher capital ratio levels required under the Written Agreement and at March 31, 2009, ANB did meet two out of three of the capital ratio requirements. ANB became fully compliant with the capital requirements in the second quarter of 2009. The Written Agreement also restricts the ability of ANB to pay dividends, the primary source of income for the Company.  Failure to meet regulatory capital requirements or the terms of the Written Agreement exposes ANB to regulatory sanctions that may include further restrictions on operations and growth, mandatory asset dispositions and seizure.

The Company recorded a net loss of $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 after reporting a $5.8 million net loss for 2008 primarily due to charges to the provision for loans losses of $1.1 million in the first half of 2009 and $11.8 million in 2008.  The charges to the provision for loan losses reflect the declining housing values and worsening local economic conditions.  Given the rising unemployment, the continued downward pressure on housing prices and the elevated national inventory of unsold homes, management does not expect there to be a significant improvement in the Company’s business during 2009.  These factors are likely to continue to adversely impact the Company’s revenue, credit costs, business volume and earnings.

 
C - 8

 
 
During the first half of 2009, the Company requested and received from its lenders forbearance agreements from enforcing their rights to demand repayment of debt principal or any portion thereof until January 31, 2010.  At June 30, 2009, the Company has debt obligations totaling $16.4 million maturing in 2010. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets, or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of the Company’s inability to renew the outstanding principal of its debt or from any extraordinary regulatory action, either of which could affect operations.

In an effort to maintain safe and sound banking practices, on December 31, 2008, the Company entered into a definitive agreement (see note 5) to be acquired by Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (Premier) of Huntington, West Virginia (NASDAQ/GM-PFBI) which is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2009.  The Company has restricted growth and is improving liquidity through selling loan participations.


Note 5   Merger Agreement
On December 31, 2008, the Company entered into a definitive agreement whereby Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (Premier) of Huntington, West Virginia (NASDAQ/GM-PFBI), will acquire it in a 100% stock exchange valued at approximately $10.9 million based on Premier’s closing stock price on December 31, 2008 of $7.03. In a letter dated August 12, 2009, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond approved the application by Premier to acquire the Company.  Under terms of the definitive agreement, each share of the Company’s common stock will be converted into 0.4461 shares of Premier common stock.  Premier anticipates that it will issue approximately 1,545,000 shares of its common stock.  The transaction is subject to satisfaction of various contractual conditions and requires approval by the shareholders of the Company and Premier.  A joint proxy statement/prospectus dated July 29, 2009 has been mailed to the Company’s stockholders and the shareholders of Premier.  At a special meeting of Abigail Adams National Bancorp stockholders scheduled for September 1, 2009, those stockholders will be asked to vote on the approval and adoption of the merger agreement.  At a special meeting of Premier Financial Bancorp shareholders also scheduled for September 1, 2009, those shareholders will be asked to vote on the issuance of Premier common stock to Abigail Adams National Bancorp stockholders which is necessary to effect the merger. The merger is anticipated to close on or about September 30, 2009.   On July 31, 2009, in connection with the transactions contemplated under the merger agreement, The Adams National Bank filed an application with the OCC for approval to merge Consolidated Bank and Trust Company with and into The Adams National Bank.


Note 6   Earnings (Loss) per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share computations are based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the periods. Diluted earnings per share computations for the three and six months ending June 30, 2009 and 2008 were determined using the treasury stock method and based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options. The following table provides a reconciliation of the number of shares between the computation of basic EPS and diluted EPS.

For the three and six month periods ending June 30, 2009, the dilutive effects of options are excluded from the computation of the loss per share because the inclusion is antidilutive.

   
For the three months
   
For the six months
 
   
ended June 30,
   
ended June 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Weighted average shares
    3,463,569       3,463,569       3,463,569       3,463,074  
Effect of dilutive stock options
    --       2,694       --       2,865  
Dilutive potential average common shares
    3,463,569       3,466,263       3,463,569       3,465,939  


 
C - 9

 

Note 7   Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities held to maturity and investment securities available-for-sale at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are as follows:

(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost Basis
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Estimated Fair
Value
 
June 30, 2009:
                       
Investment Securities – available-for-sale:
                       
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 42,046     $ 228     $ 352     $ 41,922  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    9,616       256       --       9,872  
Municipal securities
    2,712       --       48       2,664  
Corporate debt securities
    6,082       65       1,598       4,549  
Marketable equity securities
    1,001       --       609       392  
Total
  $ 61,457     $ 549     $ 2,607     $ 59,399  
                                 
Investment Securities – held to maturity:
                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 8,004     $ 39     $ 22     $ 8,021  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    1,040       37       --       1,077  
Total
  $ 9,044     $ 76     $ 22     $ 9,098  
                                 
December 31, 2008:                                
Investment Securities – available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $   45,072     $ 608     $ 18     $ 45,662  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    11,243       288       --       11,531  
Municipal securities
    953       --       55       898  
Corporate debt securities
    6,084       38       1,718       4,404  
Marketable equity securities
    1,002       --       683       319  
Total
  $ 64,354     $ 934     $ 2,474     $ 62,814  
                                 
Investment Securities – held-to-maturity:
                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 2,007     $ 27     $ --     $ 2,034  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    1,168       25       1       1,192  
Total
  $ 3,175     $ 52     $ 1     $ 3,226  

The Company had no sales of securities in the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009 or June 30, 2008. Securities with market values of $47.0 million at June 30, 2009 and $62.0 million at December 31, 2008 were pledged to collateralize public deposits and repurchase agreements.

The cost and estimated fair value of investment securities held to maturity and investment securities available-for- sale at June 30, 2009, by contractual maturity are shown on the following table. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities, because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties; therefore, these securities are not included in maturity categories in the following table.
   
June 30, 2009
 
(In thousands )
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
Investment Securities – available-for-sale:
           
Due in one year or less
  $ 6,000     $ 5,910  
Due after one year through five years
    18,457       18,579  
Due after five years through ten years
    20,699       20,560  
Due after ten years
    5,684       4,086  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    9,616       9,872  
Marketable equity securities
    1,001       392  
Total
  $ 61,457     $ 59,399  
Investment Securities – held-to-maturity:
               
Due in one year or less
  $ --     $ --  
Due after one year through five years
    8,004       8,021  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    1,040       1,077  
Total
  $ 9,044     $ 9,098  


 
C - 10

 
 
At June 30, 2009, a portion of our investment securities portfolio has unrealized losses.  The fair value of investment securities with unrealized losses by length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, are presented in the following table:


   
Continuous unrealized losses existing for less than 12 months
   
Continuous unrealized losses existing 12 months or more
   
Total
 
 
(In thousands )
 
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
 
June 30, 2009:
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 20,621     $ 374     $ --     $ --     $ 20,621     $ 374  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    --       --       --       --       --       --  
Municipal securities
    904       48       --       --       904       48  
Corporate debt securities
    906       103       3,180       1,495       4,086       1,598  
Marketable equity securities
    --       --       392       609       392       609  
Total
  $ 22,431     $ 525     $ 3,572     $ 2,104     $ 26,003     $ 2,629  

December 31, 2008:
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 1,983     $ 18     $ --     $ --     $ 1,983     $ 18  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    188       1       --       --       188       1  
Municipal securities
    898       55       --       --       898       55  
Corporate debt securities
    1,246       200       2,719       1,518       3,965       1,718  
Marketable equity securities
    --       --       319       683       319       683  
Total
  $ 4,315     $ 274     $ 3,038     $ 2,201     $ 7,353     $ 2,475  
                                                 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.  Analysis of the available-for-sale securities for potential other-than-temporary impairment was considered under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities impairment model and included the following factors: the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer including specific events; the credit rating of the security; the implied and historical volatility of the security; whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions or by specific information pertaining to an individual security; and any downgrades by rating agencies. As applicable under SFAS No. 115, the Company considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary if it is probable that the Company will not recover its recorded investment, including as applicable under the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, when an adverse change in cash flows has occurred.

Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities
At June 30, 2009, the available-for-sale investments classified as marketable equity securities consists of a perpetual preferred security which has been valued below cost for more than 28 months.  This security, carried at fair value of $392,000 with an unrealized loss of $609,000, is not required to be redeemed by the issuer, nor is it redeemable at the option of the investor and is therefore classified as equity securities under SFAS 115. Based on the results of the analysis of this perpetual security using the SFAS No.115 impairment model, we concluded that the decline in fair value has been the result of the liquidity conditions in the current market environment due to the sub-prime mortgage crisis and housing market recession and not from concerns regarding the credit quality or financial condition of the issuer. We continue to receive interest at 5.75% as scheduled and we have the intent and ability to hold the perpetual preferred security until its expected recovery in fair value which management has estimated will be in approximately two years. The Company does not consider it probable that it will not recover its investment and recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on the marketable equity security at June 30, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

 
C - 11

 
 
The Company has six corporate debt securities, which have been valued below cost for more than 12 months, consisting of five bank trust preferred securities and one utility subordinated note. At June 30, 2009, these were carried at a combined fair value of $3.2 million with an unrealized loss of $1.5 million. Interest payments ranging from 5.625% to 6.100% continue to be received as scheduled.  Moody’s credit ratings are considered investment grade and range from A1 to Baa3.  Based on the analysis performed by applying the SFAS No. 115 impairment model and where applicable, EITF Issue 99-20, the Company does not consider it probable that it will not recover the full contractual cost of these investments.  We concluded that the decline in fair value has been the result of the liquidity conditions in the current market environment due to the sub-prime mortgage crisis and housing market recession and not from concerns regarding the credit quality or financial condition of the issuers. The Company has not experienced any adverse change in cash flows from holding the investments.  Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, it does not consider the investment in the corporate debt securities to be other-than-temporarily impared at June 30, 2009.

The remaining unrealized losses that existed as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, are a result of market changes in interest rates since the securities’ purchase. This factor, coupled with the fact the Company has both the intent and the ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery in fair value substantiates that the remaining unrealized losses in the held to maturity and available-for-sale portfolios are temporary.

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities
We assess whether we intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses.  For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors.  The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows.  The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The present value of expected future cash flows is determined using the best estimate cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit to the security at the date of purchase or the current yield to accrete an asset-backed or floating rate security.  The methodology and assumptions for establishing the best estimate cash flows vary depending on the type of security.  The corporate debt securities cash flow estimates are derived from scenario-based outcomes of expected corporate restructurings or the disposition of assets using bond specific facts and circumstances including timing, security interests and loss severity.

The following table presents a roll-forward of the credit loss component of the amortized cost of debt securities that we have written down for OTTI and the credit component of the loss that is recognized in earnings.  The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities for which OTTI occurred, including adoption-related adjustments of the FSP on April 1, 2009.  OTTI recognized in earnings subsequent to adoption in 2009 for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time the debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairments).  The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit- impaired debt securities.  Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive cash flows in excess of what we expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down.  Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities were as follows for the period ended June 30, 2009.

   
(In thousands)
 
Beginning balance
  $ 647  
Initial credit impairment
    --  
Subsequent credit impairments
    10  
Reductions for amounts recognized in earnings due to intent or requirement to sell
    --  
Reductions for securities sold
    --  
Reductions for increases in cash flows expected to be collected
    --  
Ending balance
  $ 657  


 
C - 12

 

A summary of investment securities gains (losses) recognized in income during the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

   
For the three months
   
For the six months
 
   
ended June 30,
   
ended June 30,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Available-for-sale securities:
                       
Realized gains
  $ --     $ --     $ --     $ --  
Realized (losses)
    --       --       --       --  
Other-than-temporary impairment
    (10 )     --       (31 )     --  
Total
  $ (10 )   $ --     $ (31 )   $ ---  
                                 
Held-to-maturity:
                               
Realized gains
  $ --     $ --     $ --     $ --  
Realized (losses)
    --       --       --       --  
Other-than-temporary impairment
    --       --       --       --  
Total
  $ --     $ --     $ --     $ --  


Note 8   Comprehensive Income
The components of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

   
For the three months
   
For the six months
 
   
ended June 30,
   
ended June 30,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (200 )   $ 83     $ (1,005 )   $ 647  
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities
    635       (1,589 )     (549 )     (855 )
Reclassification adjustment for other-than temporary impairment losses realized in noninterest income
    10       --       31       --  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (201 )     627       229       340  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 244     $ (879 )   $ (1,294 )   $ 132  




 
C - 13

 

Note 9   Segments
Management regularly reviews the performance of the Company's operations on a reporting basis by legal entity.  The Company has two operating segments comprised of its subsidiaries, ANB and CB&T, for which there is discrete financial information available.  Both segments are engaged in providing financial services in their respective market areas and are similar in each of the following: the nature of their products, services and processes; type or class of customer for their products and services; methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and the nature of the banking regulatory environment.  The parent company is deemed to represent an overhead function rather than an operating segment and its financial information is presented as the "Other" category in the schedules below.

   
Segment Results and Reconciliation
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
The Adams National Bank
   
Consolidated Bank & Trust
   
Other (1)
   
Intercompany Eliminations
   
Consolidated Totals
 
For three months ended June 30, 2009:
                             
Interest income
  $ 3,634     $ 1,089     $ --     $ --     $ 4,723  
Interest expense
    1,095       197       222       --       1,514  
Net interest income
    2,539       892       (222 )     --       3,209  
Provision for loan losses
    150       15       --       --       165  
Noninterest income
    340       95       52       (76 )     411  
Noninterest expense
    2,758       914       204       (25 )     3,851  
Net income
    13       40       (200 )     (53 )     (200 )
Assets
    293,383       86,547       39,465       (37,454 )     381,941  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    0.02 %     0.18 %  
NM (2)
      --       -0.21 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    0.18 %     1.91 %  
NM (2)
      --       -3.48 %
For three months ended June 30, 2008:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 5,185     $ 1,339     $ --     $ --     $ 6,524  
Interest expense
    2,027       350       69       --       2,446  
Net interest income
    3,158       989       (69 )     --       4,078  
Provision for loan losses
    959       11       --       --       970  
Noninterest income
    350       92       216       (241 )     417  
Noninterest expense
    2,292       999       155       (25 )     3,421  
Net income
    168       48       83       (216 )     83  
Assets
    355,809       89,065       37,957       (35,249 )     447,582  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    0.19 %     0.22 %  
NM (2)
      --       0.08 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    2.44 %     2.22 %  
NM (2)
      --       1.05 %

(1)   Amounts represent parent company before intercompany eliminations.
(2)   Not considered a meaningful performance ratio for parent company.

 
C - 14

 


   
Segment Results and Reconciliation
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
The Adams National Bank
   
Consolidated Bank & Trust
   
Other (1)
   
Intercompany Eliminations
   
Consolidated Totals
 
For six months ended
June 30, 2009:
                             
Interest income
  $ 7,558     $ 2,200     $ --     $ --     $ 9,758  
Interest expense
    2,476       426       376       --       3,278  
Net interest income
    5,082       1,774       (376 )     --       6,480  
Provision for loan losses
    500       630       --       --       1,130  
Noninterest income
    632       199       (560 )     510       781  
Noninterest expense
    5,715       1,832       372       (50 )     7,869  
Net income
    (238 )     (322 )     (1,005 )     560       (1,005 )
Assets
    293,383       86,547       39,465       (37,454 )     381,941  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    -0.16 %     -0.72 %  
NM (2)
      --       -0.51 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    -1.68 %     -7.55 %  
NM (2)
      --       -8.66 %
For six months ended
June 30, 2008:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 10,549     $ 2,680     $ --     $ --     $ 13,229  
Interest expense
    4,436       736       139       --       5,311  
Net interest income
    6,113       1,944       (139 )     --       7,918  
Provision for loan losses
    1,049       26       --       --       1,075  
Noninterest income
    680       194       906       (956 )     824  
Noninterest expense
    4,441       1,957       296       (50 )     6,644  
Net income
    800       106       647       (906 )     647  
Assets
    355,809       89,065       37,957       (35,249 )     447,582  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    0.46 %     0.24 %  
NM (2)
      --       0.30 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    5.85 %     2.37 %  
NM (2)
      --       4.07 %

(1)   Amounts represent parent company before intercompany eliminations.
(2)   Not considered a meaningful performance ratio for parent company.


Description of significant amounts included in the "Intercompany Eliminations" column in the segment report schedules are as follows:

   
Three months ended June 30,
   
Six months ended June 30,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Noninterest income - elimination of parent company's undistributed (earnings) losses from subsidiaries
  $ (76 )   $ (241 )   $ 510     $ (956 )
                                 
Net income - elimination of parent company's (earnings) losses from subsidiaries
  $ (53 )   $ (216 )   $ 560     $ (906 )
                                 
Assets - elimination of parent company's investment in subsidiaries
  $ (37,079 )   $ (35,193 )   $ (37,079 )   $ (35,193 )




 
C - 15

 

Note 10 Fair Value Disclosures
Fair Value Measurement
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurement, which provides a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles.  SFAS No. 157 applies to all financial instruments that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis.  Nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized and disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis under SFAS No. 157 were delayed under FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 157-2, Effective date of FASB Statement No. 157, to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.  Accordingly, effective January 1, 2009, the Company began disclosing the fair value of Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) previously deferred under the provisions of this FSP.

SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.  The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs.  An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction.  Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are independent, knowledgeable, able to transact and willing to transact.

SFAS No. 157 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach.  The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities.  The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis.  The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).  Valuation techniques should be consistently applied.  Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.  In that regard, SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1 inputs-
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 inputs
Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speed, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 inputs
Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 
C - 16

 

The table below presents the Company’s balances of financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the hierarchy at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.


 
 
 
 
 
In thousands
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
   
 
 
 
 
Total
 
June 30, 2009
                       
Investment securities available-for-sale
  $ 4,760     $ 54,639     $ --     $ 59,399  
                                 
December 31, 2008
                               
Investment securities available-for-sale
  $ 998     $ 61,816     $ --     $ 62,814  
                                 

The Company outsources the recordkeeping for investment securities held by ANB to FTN Financial and for those held by CB&T to Suntrust Robinson Humphrey. The fair value of securities grouped in Level 1 is based on the actual trade price. For securities categorized in Level 2, FTN used the Interactive Data Corporation (“IDC”) as a pricing source.  IDC’s evaluations are based on market data.  IDC utilizes evaluated pricing models that vary based by asset class and include available trade, bid, and other market information.  Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes, proprietary modes, vast descriptive terms and conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs.  FTN also used, as a valuation source, the FTN proprietary valuation Matrices model for the one municipal security included in Level 2.  The FTN Matrices model is used for valuing municipals.  The model includes a separate curve structure for the Bank-Qualified versus general market municipals.  The grouping of municipals are further broken down according to insurer, credit support, state of issuance, and rating to incorporate additional spreads and municipal curves.  Suntrust used the Reuters DataScope for Fixed Income as the pricing source for CBT securities included in Level 2 in the table above.

The table below presents the Company’s balances of financial and non-financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis by level within the hierarchy at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

 
 
 
 
 
In thousands
 
 
 
 
 
Balance
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
 
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
 
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
June 30, 2009
                       
Impaired loans
  $ 30,027     $ --     $ 22,378     $ 7,649  
Other real estate owned
    3,994       --       3,994       --  
                                 
December 31, 2008
                               
Impaired loans
  $ 22,377     $ --     $ 21,266     $ 1,111  


The fair value of impaired collateral dependent loans is derived in accordance with SFAS No. 114, Accounting by   Creditors for Impairment of a Loan .  Fair value is determined based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on appraisal by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Company. The valuation allowance for impaired loans is included in the allowance for loan losses in the consolidated balance sheets. The valuation allowance for impaired loans at June 30, 2009 was $9.8 million and $8.3 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $1.5 million for the six month period. In comparison, the valuation allowance for the six months ended June 30, 2008 decreased $977,000 from $1.5 million at December 31, 2007.

The fair value of other real estate owned was determined using appraisals (level 2), which may be discounted based on management’s review and changes in market conditions (level 3 inputs)


 
C - 17

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
SFAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.

The following table presents the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and is followed by a general description of the methods and assumptions used to estimate such fair values.

   
June 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
(In thousands)
 
Carrying Amount
   
Estimated Fair Value
   
Carrying Amount
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
Financial Assets:
                       
Cash and due from banks
  $ 11,443     $ 11,443     $ 14,166     $ 14,166  
Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits in other banks
    4,168       4,168       9,381       9,381  
Investment securities available for sale
    59,399       59,399       62,814       62,814  
Investment securities held to maturity
    9,044       9,098       3,175       3,226  
Loans, net
    275,698       256,921       312,250       315,879  
Accrued interest receivable
    1,497       1,497       1,683       1,683  
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    303,721       298,689       346,961       338,707  
Short-term borrowings
    27,226       27,226       24,477       24,477  
Long-term debt
    26,432       26,417       26,132       27,041  
Accrued interest payable
    646       646       697       697  

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments.

Cash and due from banks. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets.

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other banks.   The carrying amounts of short-term investments on the balance sheet approximate fair value.

Investments securities available for sale and investment securities held to maturity.   For fair value methodologies used see discussion above.

Loans. Estimated fair values for variable rate loans, which reprice frequently and have no significant credit risk, are based on carrying value. Estimated fair value for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current market interest rates offered on loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Deposits. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing deposits, NOW accounts, savings and money market deposit accounts, is the amount payable on demand as of the reporting date.  Fair values for time deposits are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the current market interest rates offered for deposits of similar maturities.

Short-term borrowings .  The carrying values of Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings approximate fair values.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the current market rates offered for similar borrowing arrangements.

Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable. The carrying  value of  accrued interest receivable and payable is deemed to approximate fair value.

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments.   Loan commitments on which the committed interest rate is less than the current market rate were insignificant at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.  The estimated fair value of fee income on letters of credit at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was insignificant.
 

 
 
C - 18

 

Note 11 Subsequent Events
The Company adopted SFAS No 165, Subsequent Events, effective June 30, 2009 (as more fully described under Note 1 Basis of Presentation and Recent Accounting Pronouncements).  Management has evaluated the effects of subsequent events that have occurred subsequent to the period ended June 30, 2009, and through August 14, 2009, which is the date the financial statements were issued.  During this period, there have been no material events that would require recognition in the second quarter 2009 unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In connection with the reissuance of these financial statements within this Current Report on Form 8-K, management has evaluated the effects of events that have occurred subsequent to the initial evaluation date stated in the preceding paragraph and through October 6, 2009, which is the reissuance date of these financial statements. With the exception of completion of the acquisition of the Company on October 1, 2009 by Premier as described in Note 5, during this period, there have been no material events that would require recognition in the second quarter 2009 unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes to these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C - 19

Exhibit 99.4















ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC.


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
D - 1

 

McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”

We were not engaged to examine management’s assessment of the effe ctiven ess of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion thereon.

                                                 /s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Frederick, Maryland
April 15, 2009

 
 
D - 2

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in thousands)

   
2008
   
2007
 
Assets
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,166     $ 15,567  
Federal funds sold
    6,722       12,816  
Interest-earning deposits in other banks
    2,659       20,380  
  Total cash and cash equivalents
    23,547       48,763  
                 
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value
    62,814       66,392  
Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (market values of $3,226 and $13,269 for 2008 and 2007, respectively)
    3,175       13,309  
Loans
    324,764       307,483  
Less: allowance for loan losses
    (12,514 )     (4,202 )
Loans, net
    312,250       303,281  
Premises and equipment, net
    4,994       4,985  
Other assets
    16,901       9,145  
Total assets
  $ 423,681     $ 445,875  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 67,193     $ 74,833  
Interest-bearing deposits
    279,768       312,109  
Total deposits
    346,961       386,942  
Short-term borrowings
    24,477       8,494  
Long-term debt
    26,132       15,120  
Other liabilities
    1,830       3,880  
Total liabilities
    399,400       414,436  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 10, 12 and 14)
               
Stockholders' equity:
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued 3,492,633 shares in 2008 and 3,491,633 shares in 2007; outstanding 3,463,569 shares in 2008 and 3,462,569 shares in 2007
    35       35  
Additional paid-in capital
    25,132       25,127  
Retained earnings
    551       7,196  
Treasury stock, 29,064 shares in 2008 and 2007, at cost
    (255 )     (255 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (1,182 )     (664 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    24,281       31,439  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 423,681     $ 445,875  


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
 
D - 3

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)


   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Interest Income
                 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 21,238     $ 25,044     $ 22,558  
Interest and dividends on investment securities – taxable
    3,705       3,408       3,012  
Other interest income
    359       1,799       575  
Total interest income
    25,302       30,251       26,145  
                         
Interest Expense
                       
Interest on deposits
    8,638       12,672       8,010  
Interest on short-term borrowings
    372       144       765  
Interest on long-term debt
    791       783       633  
Total interest expense
    9,801       13,599       9,408  
Net interest income
    15,501       16,652       16,737  
Provision (credit) for loan losses
    11,822       260       (232 )
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses
    3,679       16,392       16,969  
                         
Noninterest Income
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
    1,360       1,387       1,367  
Other-than-temporary impairment of available for sale securities
    (655 )     --       --  
Other income
    261       238       763  
Total noninterest income
    966       1,625       2,130  
                         
Noninterest Expense
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    6,801       6,692       6,650  
Occupancy and equipment expense
    2,366       2,289       2,235  
Professional fees
    1,138       696       555  
Data processing fees
    843       971       946  
Other operating expense
    3,401       3,214       2,721  
Total noninterest expense
    14,549       13,862       13,107  
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes
    (9,904 )     4,155       5,992  
Income tax (benefit) provision
    (4,125 )     1,096       2,296  
Net (loss) income
  $ (5,779 )   $ 3,059     $ 3,696  
(Loss) Earnings per Share:
                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (1.67 )   $ 0.88     $ 1.07  
                         
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
D - 4

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
 
Common
Stock
   
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Treasury
Stock
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ 35     $ 24,865     $ 3,903     $ (98 )   $ (652 )   $ 28,053  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    --       --       3,696       --       --       3,696  
Unrealized gains during the period of $152 on investment securities available for sale, net of tax expense of $69
    --       --       --       --       83       83  
Unrealized net actuarial losses during the period of ($99) on pension plan, net of tax benefit of ($34)
    --       --       --       --       (65 )     (65 )
Total comprehensive income
                                            3,714  
Acquisition and issuance of shares for ESOP
    --       --       --       (112 )     --       (112 )
Retired shares
    --       (12 )     --       --       --       (12 )
Dividends declared ($0.50 per share)
    --       --       (1,731 )     --       --       (1,731 )
Final purchase price adjustments related to Consolidated Bank and Trust acquisition
    --       270       --       --       --       270  
Balance at December 31, 2006
  $ 35     $ 25,123     $ 5,868     $ (210 )   $ (634 )   $ 30,182  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
    --       --       3,059       --       --       3,059  
Unrealized losses during the period of ($336) on investment securities available for sale, net of tax benefit of ($147)
    --       --       --       --       (189 )     (189 )
Unrealized net actuarial gain during the period of $241 on pension plan, net of tax expense of $82
    --       --       --       --       159       159  
Total comprehensive income
                                            3,029  
Issuance of shares under stock option program
    --       4       --       --       --       4  
Acquisition and issuance of shares for ESOP
    --       --       --       (45 )     --       (45 )
Dividends declared ($0.50 per share)
    --       --       (1,731 )     --       --       (1,731 )
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 35     $ 25,127     $ 7,196     $ (255 )   $ (664 )   $ 31,439  
Comprehensive loss:
                                               
Net loss
    --       --       (5,779 )     --       --       (5,779 )
Unrealized losses during the period of ($363) on investment securities available for sale and a tax benefit decrease of ($126)
    --       --       --       --       (489 )     (489 )
Reclassification adjustment for settlement loss of $43 during the period on pension plan termination recognized in  loss, net of tax benefit of  $14
    --       --       --       --       (29 )     (29 )
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (6,297 )
Issuance of shares under stock option program
    --       5       --       --       --       5  
Dividends declared at $0.25 per share
    --       --       (866 )     --       --       (866 )
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 35     $ 25,132     $ 551     $ (255 )   $ (1,182 )   $ 24,281  
 
                                               
 
See Notes to Consolidated Finanancial Statements
 
 
D - 5

 

ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(In thousands)
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (5,779 )   $ 3,059     $ 3,696  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision (credit) for loan losses
    11,822       260       (232 )
Depreciation
    611       589       541  
Accretion and amortization of deferred loan fees and costs, net
    113       (21 )     (560 )
Accretion and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments, net
    (107 )     (102 )     (34 )
Gain on sale of guaranteed portion of SBA loans
    (39 )     (43 )     (386 )
Net premium amortization (discount accretion) on investment securities
    20       2       (185 )
Other-than-temporary impairment of available for sale securities
    655       --       --  
Other real estate owned valuation adjustment
    131       --       --  
Loss on the sale of foreclosed and other assets
    19       29       --  
Deferred income tax benefits
    (3,697 )     (732 )     (91 )
Increase in other assets
    (693 )     (144 )     (301 )
Contribution to pension plan
    --       --       (700 )
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (2,050 )     1,056       190  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,006       3,953       1,938  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities held to maturity
    11,500       4,000       1,000  
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale
    46,615       16,500       11,780  
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
    642       418       227  
Proceeds from repayment of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    1,805       1,062       822  
Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed and other assets
    264       282       --  
Purchase of investment securities held to maturity
    (2,011 )     (3,734 )     (1,455 )
Purchase of investment securities available for sale
    (45,876 )     (35,218 )     (4,995 )
Purchase of FHLB and FRB stock
    (18,456 )     (1,534 )     (2,532 )
Redemption of FHLB stock
    17,689       892       2,760  
Net increase in loans
    (23,250 )     (1,279 )     (58,667 )
Purchase of collateral and build out cost on foreclosed assets
    (676 )     --       --  
Purchase of premises and equipment, net
    (621 )     (670 )     (700 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (12,375 )     (19,281 )     (51,760 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net (decrease) increase in transaction and savings deposits
    (43,203 )     4,977       (524 )
Net increase in time deposits
    3,222       18,375       72,018  
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    15,983       6,116       (5,878 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    16,132       10,000       --  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (5,120 )     (1,168 )     (4,925 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock for stock option programs
    5       4       --  
Retired common stock
    --       --       (12 )
Purchased treasury stock
    --       (45 )     (112 )
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders
    (866 )     (1,731 )     (1,731 )
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    (13,847 )     36,528       58,836  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (25,216 )     21,200       9,014  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    48,763       27,563       18,549  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 23,547     $ 48,763     $ 27,563  
 
 
 
 
D - 6

 
 
ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(In thousands)
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Supplemental disclosures:
                 
Interest paid on deposits and borrowings
  $ 11,064     $ 13,279     $ 8,727  
Income taxes paid
    1,078       1,662       2,203  
Non-cash transfer of loans to foreclosed assets
    2,406       1,410       --  
                         
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
D - 7

 
 
ABIGAIL ADAMS NATIONAL BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Abigail Adams National Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a two-bank holding company that provides its customers with banking and non-banking financial services through its principal wholly-owned subsidiaries, The Adams National Bank (“ANB”) and Consolidated Bank and Trust (“CB&T”) and together the “Banks”. The Banks offer various loan, deposit, and other financial service products to their customers. The Banks’ customers include individuals, not-for-profit, and commercial enterprises. Their principal market areas encompass the cities of Washington, D.C., Richmond and Hampton, Virginia, and their surrounding metropolitan areas.

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The more significant accounting policies are explained below.  As used herein, the term the Company includes the Banks, unless the context otherwise requires.

(a)   Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Banks. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b)   Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as those amounts included in “Cash and due from banks,” “Federal funds sold,” and “Interest-earning deposits in other banks.” Federal funds sold generally mature in one day. Cash flows from loans and deposits are reported net. The Company maintains amounts due from banks and Federal funds sold which, at times, may exceed Federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses from such concentrations.

(c)   Securities
Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.  Securities which the Company has the ability and the intent to hold until maturity are classified as investment securities held to maturity and are reported at amortized cost. Investment securities which are not classified as held to maturity or trading account assets are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized gains and losses reflect the difference between fair market value and amortized cost of the individual securities as of the reporting date. The market value of securities is generally based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. The Company does not maintain a trading account. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.  Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are
 
D - 8

 
 
determined using the specific identification method. Premiums and discounts are amortized using a method which approximates the effective interest method over the term of the security.
 
The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115,  Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities .  However, certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in EITF Issue No. 99-20,  Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to be Held by a Transfer in Securitized Financial Assets .  Securities determined to not have OTTI under EITF 99-20 are required to be evaluated using the guidance of SFAS No. 115.

In determining other than temporary losses under the SFAS No. 115 model, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

The second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by EITF 99-20 that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA or those purchased at a significant premium (generally 10% or more) which might result in the Company not recovering substantially all of its investment. Under the EITF 99-20 model, the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the purchase date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

After a debt security classified as available for sale has been written down for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company accretes the resulting discount over the remaining life of the debt security based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows. In each period subsequent to the write-down, an unrealized holding gain or loss is determined by comparing the available for sale security’s fair value with its new amortized cost basis. Any recovery in fair value is recorded in earnings when the security is sold.

(d)   Loans
The Company originates commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loans in the Washington D.C. and Richmond and Hampton, Virginia metropolitan areas. Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for deferred loan fees and origination costs, and reduced by an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued
 
D - 9

 
 
on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.
 
The accrual of interest is discontinued at the time a loan becomes 90 days delinquent, unless the credit is well-secured and in the process of collection. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans placed on nonaccrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for the return to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

(e)   Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses, a material estimate susceptible to significant change in the near-term, is maintained at a level that management determines is adequate to absorb inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Banks’ allowance for loan losses and may require the Banks to make changes to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to operating expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses, when management believes that collectibility of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

A loan is impaired when it is probable, based upon current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are valued based on the fair value of the related collateral, if the loans are collateral dependent. For all other impaired loans, the specific reserves approximate the present values of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The amount of the impairment, if any, and any subsequent changes are included in the allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans identified for impairment testing and generally meeting the Company’s internal criteria for classification such as doubtful, substandard or special mention. For such loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified
 
D - 10

 
 
loans and those loans classified as not impaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. These factors consider changes in nonperforming and past-due loans, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers and industries, general and regional economic conditions, as well as other factors existing at the determination date. The qualitative factors are subjective and require a high degree of management judgment. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

(f)   Loan Origination Fees and Costs
Loan origination fees, net of costs directly attributable to loan originations, are deferred and recognized over the estimated lives of the loans using the interest method as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. Deferred fees and costs are not amortized during periods in which interest income is not being recognized because of concerns about the realization of loan principal or interest.

(g)   Foreclosed Assets
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. Foreclosed assets net of a valuation allowance totaled $4.1 million at December 31, 2008 and $1.4 million at December 31, 2007.

(h)   Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and no condition both constrains the transferee from taking advantage of that right and provides more than a trivial benefit for the transferor, and (3) the transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to repurchase or redeem the assets before maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a cleanup call.

(i)   Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and include additions that materially extend the useful lives of existing premises and equipment. All other maintenance and repair expenditures are expensed as incurred. Depreciation of equipment is computed using the estimated useful lives of the respective assets on the straight-line basis. Amortization of leasehold improvements is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or the terms of the respective leases, whichever is shorter.
 
D - 11

 
 
(j)   Impairment of Assets
Long-lived assets, which are held and used by the Company, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  If impairment is indicated by that review, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value through a charge to noninterest expense.

(k)   Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Banks, as members of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, are required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of their outstanding home loans or 5% of advances from the FHLB.  No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value.  The FHLB stock is included in other assets and is carried at cost which equals the redemption value.  At December 31, 2008, ANB owned 18,462 shares recorded at a cost of $1,846,200 and CB&T owned 1,597 shares recorded at a cost of $159,700.  The Company views its investment in the FHLB stock as a long-term investment.  Accordingly, when evaluating for impairment, the value is determined based on the ultimate recovery of the par value rather than recognizing temporary declines in value.  The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recovery is influenced by criteria such as: 1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the Atlanta FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount and length of time a decline has persisted; 2) impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the Atlanta FHLB and 3) the liquidity position of the Atlanta FHLB.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Atlanta FHLB had retained earnings of $434.9 million and $468.8 million, respectively.  The Atlanta FHLB did not pay dividends in the fourth quarter of 2008 primarily because of an other-than-temporary impairment loss of $186.1 million on their MBS portfolio. They expect to make future dividend determinations at each quarter end after quarterly results are known.  The Atlanta FHLB was in compliance with the Finance Agency’s regulatory capital rules and requirements at December 31, 2008 and we did not consider our investment in FHLB stock to be impaired as of this date.

(l)   Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings per share computations are based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the periods. Diluted earnings per share computations in 2007 and 2006 were determined using the treasury stock method and based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options. The following table provides a reconciliation of the number of shares between the computation of basic EPS and diluted EPS for the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.  For the period ending December 31, 2008, the dilutive effects of options are excluded from the computation of the loss per share because the inclusion is antidilutive.

   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Weighted average shares
    3,463,323       3,462,274       3,462,126  
Effect of dilutive stock options
    --       3,684       3,950  
Dilutive potential average common shares
    3,463,323       3,465,958       3,466,076  
 
(m)   Stock-Based Compensation Plans
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“Statement 123R”). Statement 123R requires public companies to recognize compensation expense related to stock-based
 
 
D - 12

 
 
compensation awards over the period during which an employee is required to provide service for the award. Compensation expense is equal to the fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures, and is recognized over the vesting period of such awards. For additional information on the Company’s stock-based compensation, see Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements.

(n)   Comprehensive Income
Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains, and losses be included in income.  Certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities or pension plan unfunded liabilities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet.  Such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

(o)   Risks and Uncertainties
The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions, and is also subject to the regulations of certain Federal agencies and undergoes periodic examination by those regulatory authorities.

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within Washington, DC, Richmond, Virginia and their surrounding metropolitan areas.  Note 6 discusses the types of securities in which the Company invests.  Note 7 discusses the types of lending in which the Company engages.  The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the determination of other-than-temporary impairment for securities, and the fair value disclosures of financial instruments. In connection with the determination of the allowances for loan losses and other real estate owned, management periodically obtains independent appraisals for significant properties owned or serving as collateral for loans.

(p)   Income Taxes
The Company records a provision for income taxes based upon the amounts of current taxes payable (or refundable) and the change in net deferred tax assets or liabilities during the year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differing carrying values of assets and liabilities for tax and financial statement reporting purposes that will reverse in future periods. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities within noninterest expense in the statements of operations.

 
D - 13

 
 
(q)   Fair Value
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements , which provides a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles.  SFAS 157 applies to all financial instruments that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. The Company also adopted SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , on January 1, 2008.  SFAS 159 allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement of certain financial assets on a contract-by-contract basis.  SFAS 159 requires that the difference between the carrying value before election of the fair value option and the fair value of these instruments be recorded as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption.  The Company presently elected not to report any of its existing financial assets or liabilities at fair value and consequently did not have any adoption related adjustments.

For additional information on the fair value of financial instruments, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(r)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements
SFAS Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, became effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. However, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has deferred the effective date in SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities (except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis - at least annually) with the issuance of FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. This deferral does not apply to entities that have issued interim or annual financial statements that include application of the measurement and disclosure provisions of Statement 157. This FSP lists examples of items for which deferral would apply, including nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination or other new basis event, but not measured at fair value in subsequent periods (nonrecurring fair value measures). Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities are defined in FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments . The Company does not expect that adoption of the FSP will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active , was issued on October 10, 2008, and became effective upon issuance. This FSP applies to financial assets within the scope of accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements in accordance with Statement 157 and clarifies the application of Statement 157 in a market that is not active. This FSP was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which

 
 
D - 14

 
 
financial statements have not been issued. Revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application are accounted for as a change in accounting estimate (FASB Statement No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections ). The disclosure provisions of Statement 154 for a change in accounting estimate are not required for revisions resulting from a change in valuation technique or its application. The adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
FSP No. EITF 99-20-1 amends the impairment guidance in EITF Issue No. 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets , to achieve more consistent determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. The FSP also retains and emphasizes the objective of an other-than-temporary impairment assessment and the related disclosure requirements in FASB statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities , and other related guidance. The objective of an other-than-temporary impairment analysis is to determine whether it is probable that the holder will realize some portion of the unrealized loss on an impaired security. U.S. GAAP indicates that the holder may ultimately realize the unrealized loss on the impaired security because, for example, (a) it is probable that the holder will not collect all of the contractual or estimated cash flows, considering both the timing and amount or (b) the holder lacks the intent and ability to hold the security to recovery. In making its other-than-temporary impairment assessment, the holder should consider all available information relevant to the ability to collect the security, including information about past events, current conditions, and the value of underlying collateral. The EITF is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008, and shall be applied prospectively. Retrospective application to a prior interim or annual reporting period is not permitted. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concern warrants such evaluation. OTTI charges amounted to $655,000 during 2008. Additional OTTI charges may be realized in the future as the result of changes in the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer or the inability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

In December 2007, FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (R), Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements . SFAS No. 141 revises the previous statement on business combinations and requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the financial effect of the business combination. As these Statements applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, this Statement was not applicable to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008. SFAS No. 160 requires all entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests in subsidiaries in the same way – as equity in the consolidated financial statements.

 
D - 15

 
 
On April 9, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) recently issued three amendments to the fair value measurement, disclosure and other-than-temporary impairment standards:
 
·   FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly
 
·   FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
 
·   FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
FASB Statement 157, Fair Value Measurements , defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell the asset or transfer the liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions.  FSP FAS 157-4 provides additional guidance on determining when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability has significantly decreased.  The FSP also includes guidance on identifying circumstances when a transaction may not be considered orderly.
 
FSP FAS 157-4 provides a list of factors that a reporting entity should evaluate to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability.  When the reporting entity concludes there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, further analysis of the information from that market is needed and significant adjustments to the related prices may be necessary to estimate fair value in accordance with Statement 157.
 
This FSP clarifies that when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, some transactions may not be orderly.  In those situations, the entity must evaluate the weight of the evidence to determine whether the transaction is orderly. The FSP provides a list of circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly.  A transaction price that is not associated with an orderly transaction is given little, if any, weight when estimating fair value.
 
FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired.  For debt securities, management must assess whether (a) it has the intent to sell the security and (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. These steps are done before assessing whether the entity will recover the cost basis of the investment.  Previously, this assessment required management to assert it has both the intent and the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value to avoid recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment. This change does not affect the need to forecast recovery of the value of the security through either cash flows or market price.
 
In instances when a determination is made that an other-than-temporary impairment exists but the investor does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security prior to its anticipated recovery, FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 changes the presentation and amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in the income statement.  The other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings.  The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.
 
 
D - 16

 
 
FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 amends FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. This FSP also amends APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods.
 
All three FSPs discussed herein include substantial additional disclosure requirements. The effective date for these new standards is the same: interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  However, early adoption is allowed only if certain FSPs are early adopted together.  The Company is evaluating the effect of these amendments.
 

(s)   Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to amounts previously reported to conform with the 2008 presentation with no effect on net income, earnings per share, or stockholders equity.


Note 2 Restrictions on Cash Balances
Included in cash and due from banks are balances maintained within the Company to satisfy legally required reserves and to compensate for services provided from correspondent banks. Restricted balances maintained totaled $7.5 million and $7.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  There were no other withdrawal usage restrictions or legally required compensating balances at December 31, 2008 or 2007.


Note 3 Operational Developments
In the second half of 2008, several events occurred that could have an adverse impact on our ongoing operations.  On October 1, 2008, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, ANB, entered into a Written Agreement (see note 4) with its primary regulator, The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).  Under the agreement, ANB is required to achieve and maintain significantly higher capital ratio levels. At December 31, 2008, ANB did not maintain the higher capital ratio levels required under the Written Agreement (see note 16).  The Written Agreement also restricts the ability of ANB to pay dividends, the primary source of income for the Company (see note 15).  Failure to meet regulatory capital requirements or the terms of the Written Agreement exposes ANB to regulatory sanctions that may include further restrictions on operations and growth, mandatory asset dispositions and seizure.

 
D - 17

 
 
In order for ANB to comply with these increased capital ratio requirements, the Company obtained $7.7 million in borrowings (see note 13) and provided a capital infusion into ANB during the fourth quarter of 2008.  ANB recorded a $5.8 million net loss in 2008 primarily due to a $11.8 million charge to the provision for loan losses as a result of the declining housing values and worsening local economic conditions. Given the rising unemployment, the continued downward pressure on housing prices and the elevated national inventory of unsold homes, management does not expect there to be a significant improvement in the Company’s business during 2009.  These factors are likely to continue to adversely impact the Company’s revenue, credit costs, business volume and earnings.

At December 31, 2008, the Company has debt obligations totaling $16.1 million maturing in 2009. However, the Company has requested and received from the lenders forbearance agreements from enforcing their rights to demand repayment of the principal or any portion thereof until January 31, 2010.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets, or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of the Company’s inability to renew the outstanding principal of its debt or from any extraordinary regulatory action, either of which could affect our operations.

In an effort to maintain safe and sound banking practices, on December 31, 2008, the Company entered into a definitive agreement (see note 5) to be acquired by Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (Premier) of Huntington, West Virginia (NASDAQ/GM-PFBI) which is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2009.  The Company has restricted growth and is improving liquidity through selling loan participations.


Note 4 Written Agreement
On October 1, 2008, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, The Adams National Bank (the “Bank”), entered into a Written Agreement with its primary regulator, The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).  The Written Agreement was filed with the SEC as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 2, 2008. Under the terms of the Written Agreement, the Bank has agreed to take certain actions relating to the Bank’s lending operations and capital compliance.  Specifically, the OCC is requiring the Bank to take the following actions:

a)   conduct a review of senior management to ensure that these individuals can perform the duties required under the Bank’s policies and procedures and the requirements of the Written Agreement, and where necessary, the Bank must provide a written program to address the training of the Bank’s senior officers;

b)   achieve certain regulatory capital levels, which are greater than the regulatory requirements to be “well capitalized” under bank regulatory requirements.  In particular, the Bank must achieve a: 12% total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio; 11% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio; and 9% Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets ratio;

c)   develop and implement a three-year capital program;

 
D - 18

 
 
d)   make additions to the allowances for loan and lease losses and adopt and implement written policies and procedures for establishing and maintaining the allowance in a manner consistent with the Written Agreement;

e)   adopt and implement an asset diversification program consistent with OCC guidelines and to perform an analysis of the Bank’s concentrations of credit;

f)    take all necessary actions to protect the Bank’s interest in criticized assets, adopt and implement a program to eliminate regulatory criticism of these assets, engage in an ongoing review of the Bank’s criticized assets and develop and implement procedures for the effective monitoring of the loan portfolio;

g)   hire an independent appraiser to provide a written or updated appraisal of certain assets;

h)   develop and implement a program to improve the management of the loan portfolio and to provide the Board with monthly written reports on credit quality;

i)    employ a loan review consultant acceptable to the OCC to perform a quarterly quality review of the Bank’s assets;

j)    revise the Bank’s lending policy in accordance with OCC requirements; and

k)   maintain acceptable liquidity levels.

The Written Agreement includes time frames to implement the foregoing and on-going compliance requirements for the Bank, including requirements to report to the OCC.  The Written Agreement also requires the Bank to establish a committee of the Board of Directors which will be responsible for overseeing compliance with the Written Agreement.  The Bank has taken steps to comply with the requirements of the Written Agreement.  At December 31, 2008,  ANB’s capital ratio levels did not conform to the regulatory capital levels required in the Written Agreement.  For further details see Note 16 “Regulatory Capital  Requirements”.


Note 5 Merger Agreement
On December 31, 2008, the Company entered into a definitive agreement whereby Premier Financial Bancorp, Inc. (Premier) of Huntington, West Virginia (NASDAQ/GM-PFBI), will acquire it in a 100% stock exchange valued at approximately $10.9 million based on Premier’s closing stock price on December 31, 2008 of $7.03. Under terms of the definitive agreement, each share of the Company’s common stock will be converted into 0.4461 shares of Premier common stock.  Premier anticipates that it will issue approximately 1,545,000 shares of its common stock.  The transaction, which is subject to satisfaction of various contractual conditions and requires approval by regulatory agencies and the shareholders of the Company and Premier, is anticipated to close sometime in the second quarter of 2009.

 
D - 19

 

Note 6 Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities held to maturity and investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:

(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost Basis
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Estimated Fair
Value
 
December 31, 2008:
                       
Investment Securities – available for sale:
                       
US government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 45,072     $ 608     $ 18     $ 45,662  
Mortgage-backed securities
    11,243       288       --       11,531  
Municipal securities
    953       --       55       898  
Corporate debt securities
    6,084       38       1,718       4,404  
Marketable equity securities
    1,002       --       683       319  
Total
  $ 64,354     $ 934     $ 2,474     $ 62,814  
Investment Securities – held to maturity:
                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 2,007     $ 27     $ --     $ 2,034  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,168       25       1       1,192  
Total
  $ 3,175     $ 52     $ 1     $ 3,226  
                                 
December 31, 2007:
                               
Investment Securities – available for sale:
                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 52,709     $ 308     $ 34     $ 52,983  
Mortgage-backed securities
    7,105       50       64       7,091  
Corporate debt securities
    6,750       29       1,179       5,600  
Marketable equity securities
    1,005       --       287       718  
Total
  $ 67,569     $ 387     $ 1,564     $ 66,392  
Investment Securities – held to maturity:
                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 11,498     $ --     $ 57     $ 11,441  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,811       20       3       1,828  
Total
  $ 13,309     $ 20     $ 60     $ 13,269  

For years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the Company had no gains or losses on sales of securities.


 
D - 20

 

The fair value of securities with unrealized losses by length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are as follows:

   
Continuous unrealized losses existing for less than 12 months
   
Continuous unrealized losses existing 12 months or more
   
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
 
December 31, 2008:                                                
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 1,983     $ 18     $ --     $ --     $ 1,983     $ 18  
Mortgage-backed securities
    188       1       --       --       188       1  
Municipal securities
    898       55       --       --       898       55  
Corporate debt securities
    1,246       200       2,719       1,518       3,965       1,718  
Marketable equity securities
    --       --       319       683       319       683  
Total
  $ 4,315     $ 274     $ 3,038     $ 2,201     $ 7,353     $ 2,475  
 
 
 
December 31, 2007:
                                               
U.S. government sponsored agencies and corporations
  $ 999     $ 1     $ 19,407     $ 90     $ 20,406     $ 91  
Mortgage-backed securities
    --       --       4,046       67       4,046       67  
Corporate debt securities
    2,981       697       1,580       482       4,561       1,179  
Marketable equity securities
    718       287       --       --       718       287  
Total
  $ 4,698     $ 985     $ 25,033     $ 639     $ 29,731     $ 1,624  

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.  Analysis of the available for sale securities for potential other-than-temporary impairment was considered under the SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities impairment model and included the following factors: the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer including specific events; the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment to the earlier of maturity or recovery in market value, the credit rating of the security; the implied and historical volatility of the security; whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions or by specific information pertaining to an individual security; and any downgrades by rating agencies. As applicable under SFAS No. 115, the Company considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary if it is probable that the Company will not recover its recorded investment, including as applicable under the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, when an adverse change in cash flows has occurred.

 
D - 21

 
 
At December 31, 2008, the available for sale investment classified as marketable equity securities consists of perpetual preferred securities which have been valued below cost for more than 22 months.  These securities, carried at fair value of $319,000 with an unrealized loss of $683,000.  The securities are not required to be redeemed by the issuer, nor are they redeemable at the option of the investor and are therefore classified as equity securities under SFAS 115. Based on the results of the analysis of these perpetual securities using the SFAS No.115 impairment model, we concluded that the decline in fair value has been the result of the liquidity conditions in the current market environment due to the sub-prime mortgage crisis and housing market recession and not from concerns regarding the credit quality or financial condition of the issuer. We continue to receive interest at 5.75% as scheduled and we have the intent and ability to hold the perpetual preferred securities until their expected recovery in fair value. The Company does not consider it probable that it will not recover its investment and recorded no other-than-temporary impairment on the marketable equity securities at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007.

The Company has two corporate debt securities which were purchased in 2004 and have been rated below investment grade since 2005.  At December 31, 2007, these corporate debt securities were being carried at a combined fair value of $851,000 with an unrealized loss of $210,000.  During 2008, based on the SFAS No. 115 impairment model, management determined that it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the debt securities and that an other-than-temporary impairment had occurred even though the issuers were not in default and were paying interest at 7.0% and 7.125% as scheduled and the Company has the intent and ability to hold the investments until their maturity in 2013. The unamortized cost of the two debt securities was written down to $400,000 and an other-than-temporary impairment of $655,000 was recorded in noninterest income during 2008.  At December 31, 2008, the two corporate debt securities were carried at an aggregate fair value of $438,000 with an unrealized gain of $38,000.

The Company also has five other corporate debt securities which have been valued below cost for more than 12 months. At December 31, 2008, these were carried at a combined fair value of $2.7 million with an unrealized loss of $1.5 million and currently have Moody ratings in the range of A1 to A3 and Standard and Poors ratings ranging from A+ to BB+.  Interest payments ranging from 5.625% to 6.100% continue to be received as scheduled.  Based on the analysis performed by applying the SFAS No. 115 impairment model and where applicable, EITF Issue 99-20,  the Company does not consider it probable that it will not recover the full contractual cost of these investments. Based on our analysis, we concluded that the decline in fair value has been the result of the liquidity conditions in the current market environment due to the sub-prime mortgage crisis and housing market recession and not from concerns regarding the credit quality or financial condition of the issuers. Further, the Company has not experienced any adverse change in cash flows from holding the investments and has the intent and ability to hold the investments to the earlier of maturity or recovery in fair value and, therefore did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charge at December 31, 2008 or at December 31, 2007 on these five corporate debt securities.
 
The remaining unrealized losses that existed as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, are a result of market changes in interest rates since the securities’ purchase. This factor, coupled with the fact the Company has both the intent and the ability to hold these securities for a period
 
D - 22

 
 
of time sufficient to allow for recovery in fair value substantiates that the remaining unrealized losses in the held to maturity and available for sale portfolios are temporary.
 
Securities with market values of $62.0 million and $61.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and repurchase agreements.

The cost and estimated fair value of investment securities held to maturity and investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity are shown on the following table. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities, because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties; therefore, these securities are not included in maturity categories in the following table.


   
December 31, 2008
 
(In thousands )
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
Investment Securities – available for sale:
           
Due in one year or less
  $ 5,000     $ 5,062  
Due after one year through five years
    27,490       27,935  
Due after five years through ten years
    11,982       12,098  
Due after ten years
    7,637       5,869  
Mortgage-backed securities
    11,243       11,531  
Marketable equity securities
    1,002       319  
Total
    64,354       62,814  
Investment Securities – held to maturity:
               
Due in one year or less
    --       --  
Due after one year through five years
    2,007       2,034  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,168       1,192  
Total
  $ 3,175     $ 3,226  


Note 7   Loans
Loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

(In thousands)  
2008
   
2007
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 43,733     $ 38,606  
Real estate:
               
Commercial mortgage
    163,228       128,320  
Residential mortgage
    54,887       67,375  
Construction and development
    61,485       70,798  
Installment to individuals
    1,648       2,716  
Subtotal
    324,981       307,815  
Less: net deferred loan fees
    (217 )     (332 )
Total
  $ 324,764     $ 307,483  

At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, $33.8 million, $8.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, were considered nonaccrual loans (loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued). Interest income on nonaccrual loans that would have been recorded if accruing was $1.2 million, $649,000 and $180,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There was no
 
D - 23

 
 
interest income recognized on a cash basis on nonaccrual loans in 2008 or 2007, and there was $21,000 recognized in 2006.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had no loans that were greater than 90 days delinquent and still accruing interest, compared to one loan totaling $2.1 million at December 31, 2007, and two loans totaling $1.9 million at December 31, 2006 that were 90 days delinquent and accruing interest.
 
The activity in the allowance for loan losses follows:

(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Balance at beginning of the year
  $ 4,202     $ 4,432     $ 4,345  
Provision (credit) for loan losses
    11,822       260       (232 )
Recoveries
    260       198       676  
Charge-offs
    (3,770 )     (688 )     (357 )
Balance at end of year
  $ 12,514     $ 4,202     $ 4,432  

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans:

(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance
  $ 17,284     $ 454     $ 1,508  
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance
    30,720       8,309       --  
Total impaired loans
  $ 48,004     $ 8,763     $ 1,508  
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans
  $ 8,343     $ 1,518     $ --  
Average investment in impaired loans
  $ 12,959     $ 4,351     $ 1,109  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans on cash basis
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 21  
Interest income recognized  on impaired loans on accrual basis
  $ 119       -0-       -0-  


The Company is currently committed to lend approximately $784,000 in additional funds on these impaired loans in accordance with the original terms of these loans; however, the Company is not legally obligated to, and will not, disburse additional funds on any loans while in nonaccrual status. Of the $784,000 in committed funds on impaired loans, $595,000 is applicable to nonaccrual loans. The Company will continue to monitor its portfolio on a regular basis and will lend additional funds as warranted on these impaired loans.

Approximately 92.3% of the impaired loans as of December 31, 2008 relate to commercial real estate and construction and development loans. As of December 31, 2008, $17.3 million of impaired loans do not have any specific valuation allowance under SFAS 114. Pursuant to SFAS 114, a loan is impaired when both the contractual interest payments and the contractual principal payments of a loan are not expected to be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement. The $17.3 million of impaired loans without a specific valuation allowance as of December 31, 2008 are generally impaired due to delays or anticipated delays in receiving payments pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.

The Company has experienced declines in the current valuations for real estate collateral supporting portions of its loan portfolio, primarily construction and development loans, throughout calendar year 2008, as reflected in recently received appraisals. Currently, $45.6 million, or approximately 93.7%,
 
D - 24

 
 
of impaired loans have recent appraisals (dated within two months of the balance date). If real estate values continue to decline and as updated appraisals are received, the Company may have to increase its allowance for loan losses appropriately.
 
Loan impairment is reported when full payment under the loan terms is not anticipated, which can include loans that are current or less than 90 days past due.

The Company has engaged in banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with some of its directors, officers, principal shareholders and their associates. Such loans are at normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral, and do not represent more than the normal risk of collection. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, none of these loans were reported as nonaccrual, restructured or classified. The aggregate amount of loans to related parties for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $1.4 million and $79,000, respectively.

Note 8  Bank Premises and Equipment
Bank premises and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

( Dollars in thousands )
 
2008
   
2007
 
Useful Life
Land
  $ 854     $ 854    
Building and leasehold improvements
    4,279       4,237  
3-20 years
Furniture and equipment
    3,480       2,959  
3-10 years
Subtotal, at cost
    8,613       8,050    
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (3,619 )     (3,065 )  
Total, net
  $ 4,994     $ 4,985    

Amounts charged to operating expenses for depreciation expense aggregated $611,000, $589,000 and $541,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


Note 9  Deposits
The following table sets forth the dollar amounts in the various types of deposit programs.

(In thousands)
 
December 31,
2008
   
December 31,
2007
 
Demand deposits
  $ 67,193     $ 74,833  
Savings accounts
    15,054       15,090  
NOW accounts
    71,823       78,829  
Money market accounts
    20,323       48,845  
Total non-certificate deposits
    174,393       217,597  
Certificates of deposit
    172,568       169,345  
Total deposits
  $ 346,961     $ 386,942  


 
D - 25

 

The following table summarizes certificates of deposit at December 31, 2008 by time remaining until maturity.

   
Maturity
 
(In thousands)
 
3 Months or Less
   
Over 3 to 6 Months
   
Over 6 to 12 Months
   
Over 12 Months
   
Total
 
                               
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000
  $ 41,518     $ 23,061     $ 42,765     $ 17,967     $ 125,311  
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
    18,816       12,860       11,187       4,394       47,257  
Total certificates of deposit
  $ 60,334     $ 35,921     $ 53,952     $ 22,361     $ 172,568  


At December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities on all time deposits are as follows:

Year
 
< $100, 000
   
> $100,000
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2009
  $ 107,344     $ 42,863     $ 150,207  
2010
    7,323       2,775       10,098  
2011
    8,013       1,242       9,255  
2012
    1,810       277       2,087  
2013
    821       100       921  
    $ 125,311     $ 47,257     $ 172,568  


Certificates of deposit include brokered deposits totaling $79.7 million of which $67.0 million or 84.0% are CDARS (Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service) deposits.  CDARS is a deposit placement service that allows us to place our customers’ funds in FDIC-insured certificates of deposit at other banks and to simultaneously receive an equal sum of funds from the customers of other banks in the CDARS network.  The majority of CDARS deposits are gathered within our geographic footprint through established customer relationships.

Related party deposits totaled approximately $1.1 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In management's opinion, interest rates paid on these deposits, where applicable, are available to others at the same terms.


 
D - 26

 

Note 10  Leasing Arrangements
The Company and banking subsidiaries have entered into various noncancelable operating leases for office and branch locations. These noncancelable operating leases are subject to renewal options under various terms. Some leases provide for periodic rate adjustments based on cost-of-living index changes. Rental expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $1.2 million, $1.1 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.  Future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

Years ending December 31,
(In thousands)
 
Amount
 
2009
  $ 1,151  
2010
    1,114  
2011
    1,131  
2012
    933  
2013
    269  
2014 and thereafter
    161  
     Total   $ 4,759  


Note 11  Income Taxes
Income tax expense for 2008, 2007 and 2006 consists of:

(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Current income tax (benefit) expense:
                 
Federal
  $ (428 )   $ 1,415     $ 1,925  
District of Columbia
    --       413       462  
      (428 )     1,828       2,387  
Deferred tax benefit:
                       
Federal
    (2,619 )     (653 )     (76 )
District of Columbia
    (1,078 )     (79 )     (15 )
      (3,697 )     (732 )     (91 )
Total tax (benefit) expense:
                       
Federal
    (3,047 )     762       1,849  
District of Columbia
    (1,078 )     334       447  
    $ (4,125 )   $ 1,096     $ 2,296  


 
D - 27

 

Income tax (benefit) expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate of 34 % to pretax income, as a result of the following:

    2008    
2007
   
2006
 
(Dollars in thousands)  
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
 
Tax (benefit) expense at statutory rate
  $ (3,367 )     34.0 %   $ 1,413       34.0 %   $ 2,037       34.0 %
 
State and local taxes based on income, net of Federal tax effect
    (712 )     7.2 %     220       5.3 %     295       4.9 %
 
Reversal of NOL valuation allowance
    --       -- %     (525 )     -12.6 %     --       --  
Other, net
    (46 )     0.4 %     (12 )     -0.3 %     (36 )     -0.6 %
Total
  $ (4,125 )     41.6 %   $ 1,096       26.4 %   $ 2,296       38.3 %


The following is a summary of the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007:


(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 4,661     $ 1,548  
Other real estate owned valuation
    53       --  
Purchase fair market value adjustments on loans
    68       104  
Other than temporary write down of investment securities
    266       --  
Unrealized loss on investment securities
    358       485  
Unrealized net actuarial gains - pension plan
    --       (14 )
Compensated absences
    24       27  
Deferred rent
    133       156  
Interest on nonaccrual loans
    468       262  
Net operating loss carryforward
    760       632  
Other
    44       49  
Total deferred tax assets
  $ 6,835     $ 3,249  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Fixed assets
  $ 809     $ 807  
Total deferred tax liabilities
  $ 809     $ 807  
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 6,026     $ 2,422  
 
 
FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (FIN 48) requires the Company to review outstanding tax positions and establish a liability in its balance sheet for those positions that more likely than not, based on technical merits, would not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.  The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns and state income tax returns in Maryland and the District of Columbia. Based on the statute of limitations, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005.  Based on the review of the tax returns filed for the years 2005 through 2007 and the tax benefits accrued
 
 
D - 28

 
 
in the 2008 annual financial statements, management determined that 100% of the benefits accrued were expected to be realized and has a high confidence level in the technical merits of the positions.  It believes that the deductions taken and benefits accrued are based on widely understood administrative practices and procedures and are based on clear and unambiguous tax law.  As a result of this evaluation, management did not record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in 2008 or 2007.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had a total of $1.9 million of federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards that expire in 2022 through 2024.  Utilization of this NOL is limited under IRC Section 382 to approximately $109,000 per year.  The Company also has a District of Columbia NOL carryforward of $1.9 million that expires in 2028.


Note 12  Short-term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings consist of securities sold under repurchase agreements, Federal funds purchased, and FHLB advances. Federal funds purchased represent funds borrowed overnight, and FHLB advances include overnight borrowings or advances with terms of three months or less. Unused Federal fund lines of credit at December 31, 2008 were $5.0 million. There were no outstanding Federal funds purchased at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007. FHLB advances totaled $16.8 million at December 31, 2008 and $0 at December 31, 2007. Outstanding repurchase agreements at December 31, 2008 were $7.7 million and $8.5 million at December 31, 2007. Securities sold under repurchase agreements generally involve the receipt of immediately available funds which mature in one business day or roll over under a continuing contract. In accordance with these contracts, the underlying securities sold are segregated from the Company's other investment securities.

Short-term borrowings for 2008 and 2007 are summarized below:

( Dollars in thousands )
 
2008
   
2007
 
Year end balance
  $ 24,477     $ 8,494  
Average balance
    18,867       5,175  
Maximum month-end outstanding
    35,957       12,578  
Average interest rate for the year
    1.97 %     2.78 %
Average interest rate at year end
    0.64 %     3.32 %


Note 13  Long-term Debt
The Banks maintain a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) for advances collateralized with a blanket floating lien on first mortgages and commercial real estate. Additional FHLB advances are available up to 20% of assets and would require the pledging of additional qualifying assets. ANB is required by the FHLB to provide collateral at 125% of advances. Unused borrowing capacity at December 31, 2008 is approximately $48.9 million.


 
D - 29

 

Long-term debt at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Rate
   
2008
   
2007
 
FHLB borrowings due on
     March 21, 2008
   
2.990%
    $ --     $ 200  
FHLB borrowings due on
     December 1, 2008
   
6.950%
      --       151  
FHLB borrowings due on
     March 9, 2012
   
4.286%
      10,000       10,000  
Term note due July 27, 2014
 
Daily WSJ Prime rate less .50%
      --       4,769  
Corporate loan due on
     January 28, 2009
 
Daily WSJ prime rate less 1%
      5,000       --  
Revolving line of credit due on
     May 2, 2009
 
Daily WSJ prime rate less .25% with a floor of 4.00%
      3,482       --  
Demand note
 
Daily WSJ prime rate
      3,400       --  
Draw note due on June 30, 2009
 
Daily JP Morgan Chase Bank NY prime rate with a floor of 5.00%
      4,250          
                         
       Total
          $ 26,132     $ 15,120  

In March of 2007, the Company obtained a convertible advance from the FHLB in the amount of $10.0 million at a fixed rate of 4.286% with a maturity date of March 9, 2012. Interest only payments are due quarterly. The FHLB has the option on any interest payment date to convert the interest rate on this advance from a fixed rate to a variable rate based on the three month Libor rate.

On July 27, 2007, the Company converted a $5.0 million term note from interest only payments due monthly at variable Prime rate to a variable Prime rate less 50 basis points with principal and interest payments due monthly and maturing on July 27, 2014.  The interest rate at December 31, 2007 was 6.75%. The proceeds of the loan were used to fund a capital infusion to CB&T at acquisition on July 29, 2005 as required by its regulators.  In February of 2008, this loan was replaced with a promissory note due on January 28, 2009 which is secured by 80,000 shares or 80% of ANB capital stock.  The interest rate on this note at December 31, 2008 was 2.25%.  The Company renewed the loan on January 28, 2009 with a maturity date of August 1, 2009 at a variable rate of 1% below Prime rate and an interest rate floor of 6.00%.

In May of 2008, the Company obtained a $4.0 million line of credit from the same institution holding the promissory note discussed above to fund a loan that exceeded the legal lending limit at its subsidiary bank, ANB.  This line of credit is also secured by 80,000 shares or 80% of ANB capital stock, as noted above.  At December 31, 2008, the line of credit balance was $3.5 million at an interest rate of 4.00%.

 
D - 30

 
In November and December of 2008, the Company obtained a demand note and a $6.0 million line of credit, respectively, to provide for a capital infusion into its subsidiary bank, ANB in the amount of $7.7 million as required by a Written Agreement with ANB’s primary regulator, The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).  The line of credit, with a balance of $4.3 million at December 31, 2008, is secured by 20,000 shares (20%) of ANB capital stock and 134,000 shares (100%) of CB&T capital stock and is guaranteed by Premier Financial Bancorp.  At December 31, 2008, the unsecured demand note interest rate was 3.25% with interest only payments due quarterly and the draw note interest rate was 5.00% with interest only payments due on the 15 th of each quarter month.

In March of 2009, the Company requested and received from the lenders forbearance agreements from enforcing their rights to demand repayment of the principal or any portion thereof until January 31, 2010.  Therefore, the amounts pertaining to these loans are included in 2010 for purposes of the table below.

Annual principal payments for the debt as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:

   
Amount
 
Year ending December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
    --  
2010
  $ 16,132  
2011
    --  
2012
    10,000  
2013
    --  
After 2013
    --  
Total
  $ 26,132  
 

Note 14 Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
The Company is party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the ordinary course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments, short-term borrowing agreements, and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. Both loan commitments and standby letters of credit have credit risk essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the normal credit approval procedures and policies.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s credit. Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines, and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extension of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are uncollateralized and usually do not contain a specific maturity date and may ultimately be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.
 
D - 31

 
 
Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The majority of letters of credit issued have expiration dates of one year or less. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting those commitments, and at December 31, 2008 and 2007, such collateral amounted to $3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The fair value of the standby letter of credit guarantees was nominal and the liability recorded at December 31, 2008 was $48,000, compared to $42,000 in 2007.

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contracts represent credit risk:

 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Commitment to originate loans
  $ 4,933     $ 10,187  
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit
    76,401       104,134  
Commercial and standby letters of credit
    3,637       3,754  
Portion of letters of credit collateralized
    96.5 %     95.0 %

The Company and the Banks are defendants in litigation and claims arising from the normal course of business. Based upon consultation with legal counsel, management is of the opinion that the outcome of any claims and pending or threatened litigation will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.


Note 15  Restrictions on Dividend Payments and Loans by Affiliated Banks
The primary source of dividends paid by the Company to its shareholders is dividends received from the Banks. Federal regulations restrict the total dividend payments that a banking association may make during any calendar year to the total net income of the banks for the current year plus retained net income for the preceding two years, without prior regulatory approval. Restrictions are also imposed upon the ability of the Banks to make loans to the Company, purchase stock in the Company or use the Company's securities as collateral for indebtedness of the Banks. Due to the Written Agreement with the OCC dated October 1, 2008, the Bank must be in compliance with its approved capital plan and maintain the required capital level determined by the OCC and receive prior written determination of no supervisory objection, before a dividend is paid to the Company.  ANB will not pay dividends to the Company for the foreseeable future due to the restrictions imposed by the Written Agreement.  At December 31, 2008, approximately $646,000 of retained earnings of CB&T was available for dividend declarations.



 
D - 32

 

Note 16  Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Banks’ assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s and the Banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). The most recent notification from the primary regulators for each of the Company’s affiliated banking institutions categorized CB&T as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action and ANB as “adequately capitalized”.  ANB can not be considered “well capitalized” while under the Written Agreement dated October 1, 2008, and must maintain the following capital levels: total risk based capital equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets; tier 1 capital at least equal to 11% of risk-weighted assets; and tier 1 capital at least equal to 9% of adjusted total assets.  At December 31, 2008, ANB’s capital ratio levels did not comply with those required in the Written Agreement. ANB has taken steps to comply with the capital ratio requirements as stipulated in the Written Agreement. At December 31, 2008, the Company provided a capital infusion into ANB of $7.7 million. The Company has $1.75 million remaining on the credit facility to dividend to ANB in the future. ANB is not growing the balance sheet until the capital ratios are in compliance. ANB has also sold participations in loans during the first quarter of 2009 to shrink its assets and has also curtailed lines of credit on national credit facilities in which ANB participated. Additionally, ANB has reduced its operating expenses and is continuing to monitor spending.


 
D - 33

 

The following table presents the capital position of the Company and the Banks relative to their various minimum statutory and regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

   
Actual
   
Minimum Capital Requirements
   
Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions or Adequately Capitalized under terms of the Written Agreement
 
( Dollars in thousands )
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
December 31, 2008:
                                   
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 27,637       8.03 %   $ 27,527       8.00 %     (1)        
ANB
    31,694       11.67 %     21,724       8.00 %     32,587       12.00 %
CB&T
    9.532       13.64 %     5,591       8.00 %     6,988       10.00 %
                                                 
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
                                               
Consolidated
    23,234       6.75 %     13,764       4.00 %     (1)          
ANB
    28,226       10.39 %     10,862       4.00 %     29,871       11.00 %
CB&T
    8,655       12.38 %     2,795       4.00 %     4,193       6.00 %
                                                 
Tier I capital to average assets:
                                               
Consolidated
    23,234       5.47 %     16,981       4.00 %     (1)          
ANB
    28,226       8.63 %     13,083       4.00 %     24,440       9.00 %
CB&T
    8,655       9.18 %     3,769       4.00 %     4,712       5.00 %

(1)  
The Company is not subject to this requirement.

   
Actual
   
Minimum Capital Requirements
   
Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
December 31, 2007
     
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 36,305       10.42 %   $ 27,875       8.00 %     (1)        
ANB
    30,648       10.75 %     22,799       8.00 %     28,498       10.00 %
CB&T
    9,724       15.49 %     5,023       8.00 %     6,279       10.00 %
                                                 
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted
   assets:
                                               
Consolidated
    32,103       9.21 %     13,937       4.00 %     (1)           
ANB
    27,481       9.64 %     11,399       4.00 %     17,099       6.00 %
CB&T
    8,936       14.23 %     2,512       4.00 %     3,767       6.00 %
                                                 
Tier I capital to average assets:
                                               
Consolidated
    32,103       7.21 %     17,807       4.00 %     (1)          
ANB
    27,481       7.77 %     14,150       4.00 %     17,688       5.00 %
CB&T
    8,936       9.81 %     3,643       4.00 %     4,554       5.00 %
 
   (1)  The Company is not subject to this requirement.
                                 


 
D - 34

 

Note 17  Benefit Plans
The Company has various stock option plans for directors and certain key employees. At December 31, 2008, there were 178,218 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the stock option plans of which there were 8,062 shares under option outstanding.  The terms of the options are determined by the Board of Directors. Options vest over three years, and no options may be exercised beyond ten years from the grant date. The option price for the 2000 Stock Option Plan was 90% of the fair market value at the date of the grant.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. At December 31, 2008, the options outstanding have a weighted remaining average contractual life of 1.1 years. Compensation expense for stock options was recorded in salary expense over the vesting period. There were no options granted and no compensation expense for stock option plans was recorded for the years 2008, 2007, and 2006. The 8,062 options outstanding had no aggregate intrinsic value at December 31, 2008 since the exercise price of the options exceeded the market value of the underlying stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercised in 2008 and 2007 was $6,000 and $7,000, respectively.

The following is a summary of activity of the Company’s stock option plans for 2008, 2007 and 2006:

   
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
Shares Under Option
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
   
Shares Under Option
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
   
Shares Under Option
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    9,818     $ 5.21       10,588     $ 5.21       10,588     $ 5.21  
Granted
    --       --       --       --       --       --  
Exercised
    (1,000 )   $ 5.21       (770 )   $ 5.21       --       --  
Forfeited/expired
    (756 )   $ 5.21       --       --       --       --  
Outstanding at end of year
    8,062     $ 5.21       9,818     $ 5.21       10,588     $ 5.21  
Exercisable at end of year
    8,062     $ 5.21       9,818     $ 5.21       10,588     $ 5.21  
Weighted average  fair value of
  options granted
    --       --       --       --       --       --  

The Company offers an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") with 401(k) provisions. Participants may make pre-tax and after-tax contributions to the 401(k) up to the maximum allowable under Federal regulations. The Company matches the pre-tax employee participant’s contributions at a rate of 100% of the first 3% of the employee’s qualifying salary and 50% up to the next 2% of salary. The Company’s 401(k) contribution expense was $167,000, $156,000 and $136,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which is included in "Salaries and Benefits" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Employees participate in a nonleveraged ESOP through which common stock of the Company is purchased at its market price for the benefit of the employees. The Board of Directors may elect to pay a discretionary contribution on an annual basis, which vests at the end of the third year. There was no ESOP expense in 2008 and 2007 and
 
D - 35

 

$25,000 for 2006. At December 31, 2008, the ESOP held 53,760 shares of the Company’s common stock. The ESOP is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6, Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans . Shares held by the ESOP are treated as outstanding in computing earnings per share.
 
Note 18 Pension Plan
On January 10, 2007, the CB&T Board of Directors adopted a resolution to terminate its noncontributory defined benefit pension plan effective March 31, 2007.  All participants became 100% vested on that date and all benefits were distributed by June 30, 2008.  The Company recognized a settlement expense of $43,000 in 2008 and $79,000 in 2007 which was accounted for under SFAS No. 88.  The plan maintained a September 30 year-end for computing plan assets and benefit obligations.

Obligations and funded status of pension plan at plan termination and prior year measurement date:

(In thousands)  
Plan termination
June 30, 2008
   
Plan year ending September 30, 2007
 
Change in benefit obligation:
           
Benefit obligation, beginning
  $ 730     $ 4,859  
Interest cost
    16       270  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    41       (71 )
Benefits paid
    (787 )     (4,328 )
Benefit obligation, ending
  $ --     $ 730  
                 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets, beginning
  $ 850     $ 4,755  
Actual return on plan assets
    (19 )     423  
Employer contribution
    --       --  
Benefits paid
    (787 )     (4,328 )
Reversion to employer
    (44 )     --  
Fair value of plan assets, ending
  $ --     $ 850  
                 
Funded status, ending
  $ --     $ 120  

Assumed discount rate of 6.75% was used to determine the benefit obligation at September 30, 2007.

The amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income was $0 at December 31, 2008 and a net gain of $43,000 at December 31, 2007.  The net gain was recorded net of a deferred tax expense of $14,000.  Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
 
 
   
Years ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Noncurrent assets
  $ --     $ 120  
Accumulated other comprehensive (gain) loss
     - net of deferred tax (expense) benefit
    --       (29 )


 
 
D - 36

 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $0 as of the termination date of June 30, 2008 and $730,000 as of September 30, 2007.
 
Components of net periodic costs were as follows:
 
   
Years ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Interest cost
  $ 16     $ 270  
Expected return on plan assets
    (27 )     (331 )
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ (11 )   $ (61 )


Assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost were as follows:
    Years ended December 31,  
Weighted-average assumptions
 
2008
   
2007
 
Discount rate
    6.25 %     5.75 %
Expected long-term return on plan
  assets
    7.00 %     7.00 %

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation.  In estimating that rate, consideration was given to both historical returns and returns expected to be available for reinvestment.

The percentages of fair value of total plan assets held at June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2007 by asset category were as follows:

Asset Allocation     June 30, 2008       September 30, 2007  
Cash and equivalents
    0.0 %     100.0 %

There are no estimated future benefit payments.

Note 19 Other Operating Expense
The following is a summary of the significant components of noninterest expense “other operating expense.”

(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Advertising
  $ 299     $ 717     $ 642  
Bank security
    178       186       194  
Director and committee fees
    275       241       228  
Insurance
    339       193       172  
OREO expense
    340       --       --  
Loan expense
    212       214       76  
Stationery and  office supplies
    190       188       183  
Taxes, other
    131       123       134  
Telephone
    174       168       149  
Travel
    228       190       158  
Other
    1,035       994       785  
Total other operating expense
  $ 3,401     $ 3,214     $ 2,721  
 
 
D - 37

 
 
Note 20  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , for financial assets and financial liabilities.  In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) No. SFAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , the Company will delay application of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, until January 1, 2009.  SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principals and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  The application of SFAS 157 in situations were the market for a financial asset is not active was clarified by the issuance of FSP No. SFAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for that Asset Is Not Active , in October 2008.  FSP No. SFAS 157-3 became effective immediately and did not significantly impact the methods by which the Company determines the fair value of its financial assets.

SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.  A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.  The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs.  An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction.  Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are independent, knowledgeable, able to transact and willing to transact.

SFAS 157 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach.  The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities.  The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis.  The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).  Valuation techniques should be consistently applied.  Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.  In that regard, SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
 
Level 1 inputs
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 
 
D - 38

 
 
Level 2 inputs
Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speed, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.
 
Level 3 inputs
Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

The following table summarizes the Company’s balances of financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:


 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
   
 
 
 
Total
 
Investment securities available for sale
  $ 998     $ 61,816     $ --     $ 62,814  
                                 

The Company outsources the recordkeeping for investment securities held by ANB to FTN Financial and for those held by CB&T to Suntrust Robinson Humphrey. The security grouped in Level 1 was based on the actual trade price. For 40 of the 53 securities categorized in Level 2 in the table above, FTN used the Interactive Data Corporation (“IDC”) as a pricing source.  IDC’s evaluations are based on market data.  IDC utilizes evaluated pricing models that vary based by asset class and include available trade, bid, and other market information.  Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes, proprietary modes, vast descriptive terms and conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs.  FTN also used, as a valuation source, the FTN proprietary valuation Matrices model for the one municipal security included in Level 2.  The FTN Matrices model is used for valuing municipals.  The model includes a separate curve structure for the Bank-Qualified versus general market municipals.  The grouping of municipals are further broken down according to insurer, credit support, state of issuance, and rating to incorporate additional spreads and municipal curves.  Suntrust used the R Reuters DataScope for Fixed Income as the pricing source for the remaining 12 securities included in Level 2 in the table above.


 
D - 39

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s balances of financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis by level within the hierarchy at December 31, 2008:

 
(In thousands)
 
 
Balance at
December 31, 2008
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impaired loans
  $ 22,377     $ --     $ 21,266     $ 1,111  
                                 

The fair value of impaired collateral dependent loans is derived in accordance with SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan .  Fair value is determined based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The value of real estate collateral is determined based on appraisal by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Company. The valuation allowance for impaired loans is included in the allowance for loan losses in the consolidated balance sheets. The valuation allowance for impaired loans at December 31, 2008 was $8.3 million.  During the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, the valuation allowance for impaired loans increased $6.8 million from $1.5 million at December 31, 2007.

SFAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.

The following table presents the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and is followed by a general description of the methods and assumptions used to estimate such fair values.

   
December 31, 2008
   
December 31, 2007
 
(In thousands)
 
Carrying Amount
   
Estimated Fair Value
   
Carrying Amount
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
Financial Assets:
                       
Cash and due from banks
  $ 14,166     $ 14,166     $ 15,567     $ 15,567  
Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits in other banks
    9,381       9,381       33,196       33,196  
Investment securities available for sale
    62,814       62,814       66,392       66,392  
Investment securities held to maturity
    3,175       3,226       13,309       13,269  
Loans, net
    312,250       315,879       303,281       318,408  
Accrued interest receivable
    1,683       1,683       2,231       2,231  
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    346,961       338,707       386,942       378,717  
Short-term borrowings
    24,477       24,477       8,494       8,494  
Long-term debt
    26,132       27,041       15,120       16,952  
Accrued interest payable
    697       697       1,960       1,960  

 
D - 40

 
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments.

Cash and due from banks. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets.

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other banks.   The carrying amounts of short-term investments on the balance sheet approximate fair value.

Investments securities available for sale and investment securities held to maturity.   For fair value methodologies used see discussion above.

Loans. Estimated fair values for variable rate loans, which reprice frequently and have no significant credit risk, are based on carrying value. Estimated fair value for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current market interest rates offered on loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Deposits. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing deposits, NOW accounts, savings and money market deposit accounts, is the amount payable on demand as of year end.  Fair values for time deposits are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the current market interest rates offered for deposits of similar maturities.

Short-term borrowings .  The carrying values of Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings approximate fair values.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the current market rates offered for similar borrowing arrangements.

Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable. The carrying  value of  accrued interest receivable and payable is deemed to approximate fair value.

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments.   Loan commitments on which the committed interest rate is less than the current market rate were insignificant at December 31, 2008 and 2007.  The estimated fair value of fee income on letters of credit at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was insignificant.


 
D - 41

 

Note 21 Parent Company Only Financial Statements
The Parent Company’s condensed balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and related condensed statements of operations and cash flows for years ended 2008, 2007, and 2006 are as follows:


Condensed Balance Sheets
(In thousands)
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
Assets:
           
Cash in bank
  $ 151     $ 78  
Investment in subsidiary banks
    37,929       35,753  
Loans
    3,496       --  
Less: allowance for loan losses
    (2,049 )     --  
Loans, net
    1,447       --  
Other assets
    1,145       414  
Total assets
  $ 40,672     $ 36,245  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
               
Long-term debt
  $ 16,132     $ 4,769  
Other liabilities
    259       37  
Stockholders' equity
    24,281       31,439  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 40,672     $ 36,245  


Condensed Statements of Operations
(In thousands)
 
   
    Years Ended December 31 ,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Income
                 
Dividends from subsidiary banks
  $ 950     $ 2,325     $  3,000  
Total income
    950       2,325       3,000  
Expenses
                       
Professional fees
    397       79       47  
Interest expense
    348       394       435  
Loan loss provision
    2,049       --       --  
Other
    527       512       619  
Total expenses
    3,321       985       1,101  
                         
(Loss) income before taxes and
e quity in undistributed net (loss)
income of subsidiaries
    (2,371 )     1,340       1,899  
Income tax benefit
    (1,348 )     (400 )      (447 )
(Loss) income before equity in
  undistributed (loss) earnings of
  subsidiaries
    (1,023 )     1,740       2,346  
Equity in undistributed net (loss)
  income of subsidiaries
    (4,756 )     1,319       1,350  
Net (Loss) Income
  $ (5,779 )   $ 3,059     $ 3,696  


 
D - 42

 


Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
   
 Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Operating Activities:
                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (  5,779 )   $ 3,059     $ 3,696  
Adjustments to reconcile net(loss) income to net cash provided
    by operating activities:
                       
Equity in undistributed net loss (income) of subsidiaries
    4,756       (1,319 )     (1,350 )
Provision for loan losses
    2, 049                  
Other, net
    (509 )     56       (215 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    517       1,796       2,131  
 
Investing Activities:
                       
Capital infusion in subsidiary
    (7,450 )     --       --  
Increase in loans
    (3,496 )     --       --  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (10,946 )     --       --  
 
Financing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
    5       4       --  
Retired shares of common stock
    --       --       (12 )
Purchased treasury stock
    --       (45 )     (112 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    16,132       --       --  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (4,769 )     (231 )     --  
Cash dividends paid to stockholders
    (866 )     (1,731 )     (1,731 )
Net cash provided (used) in financing activities
    10,502       (2,003 )     (1,855 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    73       (207 )     276  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    78       285       9  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 151     $ 78     $ 285  


Note 22 Segment Reporting
Management regularly reviews the performance of the Company’s operations on a reporting basis by legal entity.  The Company has two operating segments comprised of its subsidiaries, ANB and CB&T, for which there is discrete financial information available.  Both segments are engaged in providing financial services in their respective market areas and are similar in each of the following: the nature of their products, services; and processes; type or class of customer for their products and services; methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and the nature of the banking regulatory environment.  The parent company is deemed to represent an overhead function rather than an operating segment and its financial information is presented as the Other category in the schedule below.  The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company does not have a single external customer from which it derives 10 percent or more of its revenues.

 
D - 43

 

Information about the reportable segments and reconciliation of such information to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, follows:

(Dollars in thousands)  
The Adams
 National Bank
   
Consolidated
Bank & Trust
    Other (1)    
Intercompany Eliminations
   
Consolidated Totals
 
2008:                              
Interest income
  $ 19,973     $ 5,329     $ --     $ --     $ 25,302  
Interest expense
    8,112       1,341       348       --       9,801  
Net interest income (expense)
    11,861       3,988       (348 )     --       15,501  
Provision for loan losses
    9,478       295       2,049       --       11,822  
Noninterest income (loss)
    665       401       (3,806 )     3,706       966  
Noninterest expense
    9,653       4,072       924       (100 )     14,549  
Net (loss) income
    (3,825 )     19       (5,779       3,806       (5,779 )
Assets
    330,010       91,172       40,672       (38,173 )     423,681  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    -1.11 %     0.02 %  
NM (2)
      --       -1.32 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    -14.40 %     0.21 %  
NM (2)
      --       -19.14 %
2007:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 24,483     $ 5,768     $ --     $ --     $ 30,251  
Interest expense
    11,531       1,674       394       --       13,599  
Net interest income (expense)
    12,952       4,094       (394       --       16,652  
Provision (credit)for loan losses
    300       (40 )     --       --       260  
Noninterest income
    1,311       414       3,644       (3,744 )     1,625  
Noninterest expense
    9,254       4,117       591       (100 )     13,862  
Net income
    2,823       821       3,059       (3,644 )     3,059  
Assets
    356,879       88,582       36,245       (35,831 )     445,875  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    0.80 %     0.91 %  
NM (2)
      --       0.69 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    10.39 %     10.01 %  
NM (2)
      --       9.92 %
2006:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 21,225       4,920     $ --       --     $ 26,145  
Interest expense
    7,935       1,038       435       --       9,408  
Net interest income (expense)
    13,290       3,882       (435       --       16,737  
Provision for loan losses
    250       (482 )     --       --       (232 )
Noninterest income
    1,694       536       4,350       (4,450 )     2,130  
Noninterest expense
    8,774       3,767       666       (100 )     13,107  
Net income
    3,565       785       3,696       (4,350 )     3,696  
Assets
    322,828       82,218       35,203       (34,747 )     405,502  
Return on average assets (annualized)
    1.22 %     0.99 %  
NM (2)
      --       0.99 %
Return on average equity (annualized)
    13.68 %     9.96 %  
NM (2)
      --       12.78 %
                                         

(1)   Amounts represent parent company before intercompany eliminations.  See Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)   Not considered a meaningful performance ratio for parent company.



 
D - 44

 

Description of significant amounts included in the intercompany eliminations column in the segment report schedule are as follows:

(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Noninterest income- elimination of parent company’s undistributed loss (earnings) from subsidiaries
  $ 3,806     $ (3,644 )   $ (4,350 )
Net (loss) income- elimination of parent company’s (loss) earnings from subsidiaries
  $ 3,806     $ (3,644 )   $ (4,350 )
Assets- elimination of parent company’s investment in subsidiaries
  $ (37,929 )   $ (35,753 )   $ (34,462 )

Note 23 Comprehensive Income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss).  Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and unrealized gains and losses on pension plan assets and benefit obligations. There were two reclassification adjustments realized in income for losses from components of other comprehensive loss in the year ended December 31, 2008 and none in the year ended December  31, 2007.  In  2008, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge on two corporate debt securities in the amount of $655,000 with a deferred tax benefit of $266,000 and a settlement loss in the amount of $43,000 with a deferred tax benefit of $14,000 on the termination of the CB&T pension plan.

The components of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

   
 December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2008
   
2007
 
             
Net (loss) income
  $ ( 5,779 )   $ 3,059  
Available for sale securities:
               
Net unrealized losses on securities
    (1,018 )     (336 )
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-
  temporary impairment losses realized in
  noninterest income
     655       --  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (126 )     147  
      (489 )     (189 )
Pension plan assets and benefit obligations:
               
Net unrealized gains
    --       241  
Realized loss on pension termination
    (43 )     --  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    14       (82 )
      (29       159  
Total comprehensive (loss) income
  $ (6,297 )   $ 3,029  

 
 
 

D - 45